iv-e foster care eligibility topic papercenterforchildwelfare.fmhi.usf.edu/kb/fsfn/iv-efoster... ·...

_____________________________________________________________________________________ IV-E Foster Care Eligibility April 02, 2021

Topic Paper of 228

IV-E Foster Care Eligibility

April 02, 2021


Topic Paper of 228

Change History

Date

Modified

CQ (M&O) /

ENH

Workstream

Change Description Author(s) Section Modified

R2c25 CR233 Added CAMS

checkbox and Reason

Dropdown

Loretta Wilson 1.1, 1.2, 1.3.2

R2C25 CRN00029495 Updated the earned

income formulas and

removed rate table in

background processing.

Updated Field

descriptions for Earned

and Unearned income

fields.

Joshua L Fuller 1.2.3.2, 1.2.3.3,

1.2.4.1

Q2 Eligibility

Enhancement

Updated screenshots to

reflect new design

features that are in FSFN.

Matthew Mocniak

& Leah Dienger

Entire document

2/13/2015 CR-569/CR-570 Updated the sections

regarding CR-569/CR-570

Changes. Updated

formatting as well.

Matthew Mocniak Entire Document

2/26/2015 Updated the formatting of

the Page Information for

each section.

Matthew Mocniak Entire Document

3/3/2014 Updates made based on

DCF Review and

Feedback

Leah Dienger 1.4.1.2, 1.4.5.2, 1.5

07/31/2015 CR 595 Updated the sections

based on functionality

changes in CR-595

regarding the Initial

Determination and

Redetermination tabs and

the Select Legal

Document Pop-Up Page.

Matthew Mocniak 1.4.3, 1.4.4, 1.4.5

08/05/2015 CR595 Peer Review and Updated

Screenshots

Leah Dienger Entire document

10/30/2015 Updates resulting from

Supported Platforms

review

Ibrahim Allison Throughout

11/02/2015 Supported Platforms peer

review

Robert Thornton Throughout


Topic Paper of 228

02/10/2016 Updates from Supported

Platforms

Michael Williams Throughout

07/06/2018 Updated format and

grammar.

Andrea White Throughout

7/16/2018 Amd17 Updated format and added

info according to Amd17

Chris Gosselin Throughout

8/2/2018 Amd 19 Pulled “Old” IV-E

information into its own

topic paper titled OLD

IV-E Foster Care

Eligibility. Current

IV-E information and new

IV-E EFC information is

contained in this

IV-E Foster Care

Eligibility Topic Paper.

Patricia Atchley Throughout

9/7/2018 Amd 19 Peer Review/ Review

Internal Comments and

Questions

Amy Jenks Throughout

10/01/2018 Amd 19 Added information

according to Sprint 5 of

Amd19

Chris Gosselin Throughout

10/22/2018 Amd 19 Incorporation of DCF

comments from Sprint 5

and 6

Nicole Balanoff Throughout

11/09/2018 Amd 19 Updated based on DCF

comments

Amy Jenks Pages 10, 11, 27, 28, 46, 97,

98, 103 and 110

12/03/2018 Amd 19 Added information for IL-

250

Melissa Daniel Pages 71-75, TOC

01/03/2019 Amd 20 Added information

according to Sprint 1 and

Sprint 2 of Eligibility

Melissa Daniel Throughout

01/14/2019 Amd 20 Sprint 1 and 2 updates Gail Wilson Throughout

01/18/2019 Eligibility Peer Review Patricia Atchley Throughout

01/22/2019 Eligibility Sprint 3 updates Gail Wilson Throughout


02/8/2019 Eligibility Sprint 4 updates: changed

screenshot to include

Number of Dependent

Children in Sponsor’s

Household

Mitzi Werner 2.14; 2.14.2

02/11/2019 Eligibility Updates per DCF

comments from Sprint 1

and 2


02/12/2019 Eligibility Sprint 4 updates: Question Mitzi Werner 2.3.2, page 34


Topic Paper of 228

6A wording


03/07/2018 Eligibility Sprint 6 updates Melissa Daniel Throughout

03/08/2019 Eligibility Sprint 6 Updates Mitzi Werner 2.6.2; 2.6.3; 2.2.3; 2.5.3;

4.3.3

04/12/2019 Eligibility Sprint 6 Updates Ingrid Weiss 2.1.3, 4.1.3


4.1; 2.6; 2.6.2; 2.6.3; 1;

2.1.1; 4.1.1

03/25/2019 Eligibility Updates to incorporate

DCF feedback from Sprint

3-5


03/28/2019 Eligibility Sprint 7 Updates Ingrid Weiss Throughout

04/02/2019 Eligibility Sprint 8 Updates Mitzi Werner 1; 2.1; 2.1.2; 2.1.3; 4.1;

4.1.2; 4.1.3

04/03/2019 Eligibility Sprint 8 Updates Melissa Daniel 2.1.1; 2.1.4; 2.3.2; 2.3.3;

2.5.2; 2.6.1; 2.6.2; 2.7.2;

2.8; 3

04/08/2019 Eligibility Sprint 8 Updates Ingrid Weiss 2.2.2, 2.2.3, 4.2.2, 4.2.3;

2.7, 2.7.2, 2.7.3, 4.4, 4.4.2,

4.4.3


4.4.1

04/16/2019 Eligibility Sprint 9 Updates Mitzi Werner 2.1.2, 2.6.2, 2.7.2, 2.8.2,

2.9.2, 4.1.2, 4.4.2; 2.6; 2.7;

2.8; 2.9; 4.4; 4.4.2; 2.5.2;

2.5.3; 4.3.2; 4.3.3


2.7.3; 2.7.4; 2.9.3; 4.3.3;

4.4.2; 4.4.3; 4.4.4

04/26/2019 Eligibility Sprint 9 Updates Ingrid Weiss 4.2, 4.2.1, 4.3, 4.3.1


2.8.2; 4.4.2


2.7.3; 2.8.3; 2.9.3; 2.14;

4.3.2; 4.4.2; 4.4.3

05/22/2019 Eligibility Sprint 12 Updates Mitzi Werner 2.3.2; 2.3.3; 2.14; 2.14.1;

2.14.2; 2.14.32.6.3; 2.7.3;

2.8.3; 2.9.3


comments from Sprint 9-

10



2.6.3; 2.7.3; 2.14; 2.14.2;

2.14.3


Topic Paper of 228


comments from Sprints 9

and 10

Kristy Scharf Throughout

06/11/2019 Eligibility Sprint 13 Updates Mitzi Werner 2.2.2; 2.14; 2.14.2, 2.4.3;

4.3.3, 2.7.1; 2,7,3; 2.6.2;

2.6.3; 4.4.2; 4.4.3


4.3.1; 4.3.2

07/02/2019 Eligibility Sprint 14 Updates Ingrid Weiss 2.3.1, 2.4.1, 2.5.1, 2.6.1,

2.7.1, 2.8.1, 4.3.1, 4.4.1,

2.6.3, 2.8.3, 4.4.3, 2.1.1,

4.1.1, 2.3.2, 2.4.2, 4.3.2

07/15/2019 Eligibility Sprint 14 Updates Mitzi Werner 2.2.3, 2.3.2, 2.3.3, 2.4.2,

2.4.3, 2.15, 2.15.2,

2.15.3, 4.3.2, 4.3.3, 5,

2.17.3


DCF comments from

Sprints 11-13



DCF comments from

Sprint 14



DCF comments from

Sprint 14


09/18/2019 Eligibility Updates per DCF Not

Resolved Comments



Unresolved Comments &

Documentation for

Eligibility 1.5

Melissa Daniel 2.4.2, 2.6.2, 2.13.3,4.1.1,

4.3.2, 4.4.2


Unresolved Comments &

Documentation for

Eligibility Release 1.5 &

1.75

Melissa Daniel 2.1.4, 2.3.2, 2.3.3, 2.3.4,

2.4.2, 2.4.3, 2.4.4, 2.5.4,

2.6.4, 2.8.4, 4.1.4, 4.3.4,

4.4.4


Unresolved Comments for


1.75





1.75

Melissa Daniel 2.3.2, 2.7.2, 2.8.2



Melissa Daniel 2.7.2


Topic Paper of 228


1.75

11/25/2019 Eligibility Finalized and accepted

changes for Eligibility

Release 1, 1.5, & 1.75


12/03/2019 Eligibility R2 Added information for

Sprint 15

Melissa Daniel 2.1.3; 2.2.3; 2.3.2; 2.3.3;

2.4.3; 2.5.3; 2.6.3, 2.7.3;

2.8.3; 4.1.3; 4.2.3; 4.3.3;

4.4.3

12/09/2019 Eligibility R2 Sprint 16 Updates Melissa Daniel 2.1.3; 2.1.4; 2.2.3; 2.3.2;

2.3.3; 2.3.4; 2.4.2; 2.4.3;

2.4.4; 2.5.3; 2.7.3; 2.8.3;

2.13.3; 2.17.2; 4.3.2; 4.3.3;

4.3.4

12/17/2019 Eligibility R2 Updates per DCF Sprint 15

Comments

Melissa Daniel 2.3.3; 2.4.3; 2.17.1; 2.17.2;

2.17.4

01/06/2020 Eligibility R2 Sprint 17 Updates Melissa Daniel 2.3.2; 2.3.3; 2.4.2; 2.4.2;

2.17.2

01/13/2020 Eligibility R2 Updates per OCW

Unresolved comments &

Sprint 16 comments

Melissa Daniel 2.1.2; 2.17.2

01/28/2020 Eligibility R2 Sprint 18 Updates Melissa Daniel 2.17.2


comments for Sprint 17

Melissa Daniel 2.3.2; 2.3.3; 2.4.2; 2.4.3;

2.5.3; 2.6.3; 2.7.3; 2.8.3;

2.17.2.

2.14.7


comments for Final

Documentation Review


03/12/2020 ENHQ4 Sprint 1 Updates Melissa Daniel 2.17; 5.2.1; 5.2.2; 5.3.4;

5.3.7; 5.3.10; 5.4

03/23/2020 ENHQ4 Sprint 2 Updates Melissa Daniel 2.13.3; 5

04/01/2020 ENHQ4 Updates per OCW


Melissa Daniel 5.1

04/20/2020 ENHQ4 Updates per OCW


Melissa Daniel 2.3.2; 2.3.3; 2.4.3; 4.3.3;

2.13.3; 2.17.2; 5.1; 5.2;

5.2.1; 5.2.2; 5.2.2.1; 5.2.3;

5.2.5; 5.2.5.1; 5.2.6;

5.2.6.3; 5.3; 5.3.1; 5.3.1.1;

5.3.3; 5.3.4; 5.2.4.1; 5.3.5;

5.3.5.1; 5.3.6; 5.3.6.1;

5.3.7; 5.3.8; 5.3.9; 5.2.10;

5.3.11; 5.4.1; 5.4.1.1; 5.4.2;

5.4.2.1; 5.4.3; 5.4.3.1

05/04/2020 ENHQ4 Updates per OCW Not Melissa Daniel 2.3.2; 2.4.2; 2.17.2; 2.17.3;


Topic Paper of 228

Resolved and Final Review

comments

5.2.6.3;5.3.3; 5.3.4; 5.3.5;

5.3.6; 5.3.7; 5.3.10; 5.3.11;

5.4.2.1; 5.4.3

05/13/2020 ENHQ4 Updates per OCW Not

Resolved comments


05/18/2020 ENHQ4 Accepted changes and

finalized for Q419-20

Enhancement


05/18/2020 ENHQ4 Updates for Q419-20

Phase II

Laurie Webber 2.3.2, 2.17.1

06/24/2020 ENHQ4 Phase 2 Accepted changes and

finalized for Q419-20

Phase 2 Enhancement


12/21/2020 Q3 20-21

Enhancement

Sprint 1 Updates Melissa Daniel 2.5.3; 2.6.3; 4.4.3

01/12/2021 Q3 20-21

Enhancement

Sprint 2 Updates Melissa Daniel 2.5.3; 2.6.3; 4.4.3

02/16/2021 Q3 30-31

Enhancement

Updates per OCW

correction comments for

Sprint 2

Melissa Daniel 2.3.2; 2.3.3; 2.4.2; 2.4.3;

2.5.2; 2.5.3; 2.6.2; 2.6.3;

2.7.2; 2.7.3; 2.8.3; 4.3.3;

4.4.3

03/05/2021 Q3 20-21

Enhancement

Updates per OCW

comment corrections for

Sprint 3

Melissa Daniel 2.5.3; 2.6.3; 4.4.3

03/22/20201 Q3 20-21

Enhancement

Updates per OCW


Final Review 1

Melissa Daniel

2.5.3; 2.6.3; 4.4.3

03/30/2021 Q3 20-21

Enhancement

Updates per OCW


Final Review 2

Melissa Daniel 2.5.3; 2.6.3; 4.4.3

04/02/2021 Q3 20-21

Enhancement

Finalized and accepted

changes for Q3 20-21

Enhancement



Topic Paper of 228

Table of Contents

1 Introduction ....................................................................................................................................... 12 2 Pages ................................................................................................................................................... 14 2.1 Page – Eligibility ................................................................................................................................. 14

2.1.1 Page Overview ........................................................................................................................ 14 2.1.2 Page Information ..................................................................................................................... 17 2.1.3 Background Processing ........................................................................................................... 20 2.1.4 Save Processing ...................................................................................................................... 21 2.1.5 CRUD Matrix .......................................................................................................................... 22

2.2 Tab – Basic .......................................................................................................................................... 23 2.2.1 Tab Overview .......................................................................................................................... 23 2.2.2 Tab Information ...................................................................................................................... 23 2.2.3 Background Processing ........................................................................................................... 29 2.2.4 Save Processing ...................................................................................................................... 30 2.2.5 CRUD Matrix .......................................................................................................................... 31

2.3 Tab – Initial Determination (Court Ordered) ...................................................................................... 32 2.3.1 Tab Overview .......................................................................................................................... 33 2.3.2 Tab Information ...................................................................................................................... 33 2.3.3 Background Processing ........................................................................................................... 47 2.3.4 Save Processing ...................................................................................................................... 52 2.3.5 Security ................................................................................................................................... 53 2.3.6 CRUD Matrix .......................................................................................................................... 54

2.4 Tab – Initial Determination (Voluntary) ............................................................................................. 55 2.4.1 Tab Overview .......................................................................................................................... 55 2.4.2 Tab Information ...................................................................................................................... 56 2.4.3 Background Processing ........................................................................................................... 65 2.4.4 Save Processing ...................................................................................................................... 68 2.4.5 CRUD Matrix .......................................................................................................................... 69

2.5 Tab – Redeterminations (Court Ordered) ............................................................................................ 71 2.5.1 Tab Overview .......................................................................................................................... 71 2.5.2 Tab Information ...................................................................................................................... 72 2.5.3 Background Processing ........................................................................................................... 78 2.5.4 Save Processing ...................................................................................................................... 84 2.5.5 Security ................................................................................................................................... 85 2.5.6 CRUD Matrix .......................................................................................................................... 85

2.6 Tab – Redeterminations (Voluntary)................................................................................................... 86 2.6.1 Tab Overview .......................................................................................................................... 86 2.6.2 Tab Information ...................................................................................................................... 87 2.6.3 Background Processing ........................................................................................................... 92 2.6.4 Save Processing ...................................................................................................................... 97 2.6.5 CRUD Matrix .......................................................................................................................... 98

2.7 Tab – Redeterminations (Auto-generated and Completed by Question 4) ......................................... 99 2.7.1 Tab Overview .......................................................................................................................... 99 2.7.2 Tab Information .................................................................................................................... 100 2.7.3 Background Processing ......................................................................................................... 103 2.7.4 Save Processing .................................................................................................................... 104 2.7.5 Security ................................................................................................................................. 104


Topic Paper of 228

2.7.6 CRUD Matrix ........................................................................................................................ 104 2.8 Tab – Redeterminations (18+ in Independent Living Placement) .................................................... 106

2.8.1 Tab Overview ........................................................................................................................ 106 2.8.2 Tab Information .................................................................................................................... 107 2.8.3 Background Processing ......................................................................................................... 110 2.8.4 Save Processing .................................................................................................................... 113

2.9 Pop-up Page – Select Legal Document Pop-Up Page ....................................................................... 114 2.9.1 Page Overview ...................................................................................................................... 114 2.9.2 Page Information ................................................................................................................... 114 2.9.3 Background Processing ......................................................................................................... 116 2.9.4 Save Processing .................................................................................................................... 116 2.9.5 CRUD Matrix ........................................................................................................................ 116

2.10 Pop-up Page – Eligibility Referral History ....................................................................................... 117 2.10.1 Pop-up Page Overview ...................................................................................................... 117 2.10.2 Pop-up Page Information .................................................................................................. 117 2.10.3 Background Processing ..................................................................................................... 118 2.10.4 CRUD Matrix .................................................................................................................... 118

2.11 Pop-up Page – Eligibility Status Change .......................................................................................... 120 2.11.1 Pop-up Page Overview ...................................................................................................... 120 2.11.2 Pop-up Page Information .................................................................................................. 120 2.11.3 Background Processing: .................................................................................................... 121 2.11.4 Save Processing: ............................................................................................................... 121 2.11.5 CRUD Matrix .................................................................................................................... 121

2.12 Pop-up Page – Income and Assets Select.......................................................................................... 122 2.12.1 Pop-up Page Overview ...................................................................................................... 122 2.12.2 Pop-up Page Information .................................................................................................. 122 2.12.3 Background Processing: .................................................................................................... 123 2.12.4 Save Processing: ............................................................................................................... 123 2.12.5 CRUD Matrix .................................................................................................................... 124

2.13 Pop-up Page – Legal Select ............................................................................................................... 125 2.13.1 Pop-up Page Overview ...................................................................................................... 125 2.13.2 Pop-up Page Information .................................................................................................. 125 2.13.3 Background Processing: .................................................................................................... 126 2.13.4 Save Processing: ............................................................................................................... 127 2.13.5 CRUD Matrix .................................................................................................................... 127

2.14 Page – Closed Cases Eligibility Search............................................................................................. 128 2.14.1 Page Overview .................................................................................................................. 128 2.14.2 Page Information ............................................................................................................... 128 2.14.3 Background Processing: .................................................................................................... 129 2.14.4 CRUD Matrix .................................................................................................................... 130

2.15 Pop-up Page – Obligated Monies ...................................................................................................... 131 2.15.1 Page Overview .................................................................................................................. 131 2.15.2 Page Information ............................................................................................................... 131 2.15.3 Background Processing: .................................................................................................... 132 2.15.4 Save Processing................................................................................................................. 132 2.15.5 Security ............................................................................................................................. 132

2.16 Pop-up Page – Care Expenses ........................................................................................................... 134


Topic Paper of 228

2.16.1 Page Overview .................................................................................................................. 134 2.16.2 Page Information ............................................................................................................... 134 2.16.3 Background Processing ..................................................................................................... 135 2.16.4 Save Processing................................................................................................................. 135 2.16.5 CRUD Matrix .................................................................................................................... 135

2.17 Pop-up Page – Eligibility Worksheet ................................................................................................ 136 2.17.1 Page Overview .................................................................................................................. 138 2.17.2 Page Information ............................................................................................................... 138 2.17.3 Background Processing ..................................................................................................... 162 2.17.4 Save Processing................................................................................................................. 163 2.17.5 CRUD Matrix .................................................................................................................... 163

3 Introduction (Title IV-E Eligibility for EFC) ............................................................................... 163 4 Pages ................................................................................................................................................. 164 4.1 Page – IV-E EFC Eligibility ............................................................................................................. 164

4.1.1 Page Overview ...................................................................................................................... 164 4.1.2 Page Information ................................................................................................................... 166 4.1.3 Background Processing ......................................................................................................... 169 4.1.4 Save Processing .................................................................................................................... 169 4.1.5 CRUD Matrix ........................................................................................................................ 169

4.2 Tab – Basic ........................................................................................................................................ 171 4.2.1 Tab Overview ........................................................................................................................ 171 4.2.2 Tab Information .................................................................................................................... 171 4.2.3 Background Processing ......................................................................................................... 173 4.2.4 Save Processing .................................................................................................................... 173 4.2.5 CRUD Matrix ........................................................................................................................ 174

4.3 Tab – Initial Determination for Extended Foster Care (EFC) ........................................................... 175 4.3.1 Tab Overview ........................................................................................................................ 175 4.3.2 Tab Information .................................................................................................................... 176 4.3.3 Background Processing ......................................................................................................... 184 4.3.4 Save Processing .................................................................................................................... 186

4.4 Tab – Redetermination for Extended Foster Care (EFC) .................................................................. 187 4.4.1 Tab Overview ........................................................................................................................ 187 4.4.2 Tab Information .................................................................................................................... 188 4.4.3 Background Processing ......................................................................................................... 193 4.4.4 Save Processing .................................................................................................................... 197

4.5 EFC Program Eligibility Pop-up ....................................................................................................... 199 4.5.1 Tab Overview ........................................................................................................................ 199 4.5.2 Tab Information .................................................................................................................... 199 4.5.3 Background Processing ......................................................................................................... 200 4.5.4 Save Processing .................................................................................................................... 200

5 AFDC Income Calculations for Questions 7 and 8 ...................................................................... 201 5.1 Calculations Overview ...................................................................................................................... 201 5.2 Determining Roles, Income Calculation Method, Income Conversions, and SFU Members ........... 201

5.2.1 Determine Roles – Grandparent Logic ................................................................................. 201 5.2.2 Determine Roles - “Alien” Logic .......................................................................................... 202 5.2.3 Determine Roles – Stepparent Logic .................................................................................... 202 5.2.4 Determine Roles – Sponsor/Sponsor’s Spouse ..................................................................... 202


Topic Paper of 228

5.2.5 Determine Roles – Full Time Student Logic ........................................................................ 203 5.2.6 Determine Income Calculation Logic ................................................................................... 203

5.3 Calculations Logic Information – Question 7 ................................................................................... 206 5.3.1 Standard Filing Unit (SFU) Participants Logic ..................................................................... 206 5.3.2 Step 1 of Budget Process for Earned Income (185% Comparison) Logic ............................ 207 5.3.3 Step 1 of Budget Process for Unearned Income (185% Comparison) Logic ........................ 208 5.3.4 Applied Income Logic – Grandparent................................................................................... 208 5.3.5 Applied Income Logic – “Alien” Parent ............................................................................... 210 5.3.6 Applied Income Logic – Stepparent ..................................................................................... 211 5.3.7 Applied Income Logic – Sponsor/Sponsor’s Spouse ............................................................ 212 5.3.8 Step 1 – 185% Comparison Logic ........................................................................................ 213 5.3.9 Step 2 of Budget Process for Earned Income (100% Comparison) ...................................... 213 5.3.10 Step 2 of Budget Process for Unearned Income (100% Comparison) .............................. 214 5.3.11 Step 2 – 100% Comparison ............................................................................................... 215

5.4 Calculation Logic Information – Question 8 ..................................................................................... 215 5.4.1 Non-Vehicle Type Assets ..................................................................................................... 215 5.4.2 Vehicle Type Assets ............................................................................................................. 216 5.4.3 Asset Totals and Question 8 Answer Logic .......................................................................... 217

5.5 Calculations Flowchart ...................................................................................................................... 217 5.6 SFU Size CNS @185% and CNS @100% Chart ............................................................................. 217 6 Inventories ....................................................................................................................................... 218 6.1 Table Descriptions ............................................................................................................................ 218 6.2 Reference Data .................................................................................................................................. 220

6.2.1 Drop downs ........................................................................................................................... 220 6.2.2 Drop downs ........................................................................................................................... 220

6.3 Checklists .......................................................................................................................................... 220 6.4 Tasks Due .......................................................................................................................................... 220 6.5 Notifications ...................................................................................................................................... 221 6.6 Text Templates .................................................................................................................................. 221 6.7 Reports .............................................................................................................................................. 221

6.7.1 Determinations Due Report .................................................................................................. 221 6.7.2 Change in Placement Report ................................................................................................. 221

6.8 Triggers ............................................................................................................................................. 221 6.8.1 Online Trigger Code cd_txn = 7000 ..................................................................................... 221

7 Requirements Included: ................................................................................................................. 222


Topic Paper of 228

1 Introduction Title IV-E Foster Care Eligibility supports a variety of eligibility functions completed by the Eligibility

Specialist (Rev Max Specialist). This module consists of the Title IV-E Foster Care Eligibility page

and tabs, Eligibility Change Pop-up page, Eligibility Status Change Pop-up, Closed Cases Eligibility

Search page, Eligibility Referral History Pop-up page, Link Income/Assets Verification Pop-up page,

Select Legal Document Pop-up page, Legal Select Pop-up page, Eligibility Worksheet Pop-up page, Care

Expenses Pop-up page and Obligated Monies Pop-up Page. An Eligibility record is auto-generated for

all Removal Episodes. The IV-E Foster Care Eligibility determination page can also be created from

Create Case Work and Create Financial Work but ONLY if the child is in an active Removal Episode.

Additionally, a Title IV-E Eligibility for EFC page cannot be manually created in FSFN; please refer to

Section 3 for additional information related to Title IV-E Eligibility which are flagged as EFC.

Only workers identified as Eligibility Specialists and Eligibility Supervisors based on their security profile

can input information on the Eligibility page.

A Title IV-E Foster Care record can also be created as part of the Adoption Eligibility process. To create

an Adoption Eligibility page for a child, a completed, non-voided Title IV-E Foster Care Determination

must exist for that child and case. Upon saving an Adoption Subsidy Information page, FSFN will verify

the existence of a completed, non-voided Title IV-E Foster Care Determination. If a completed, non-

voided Title IV-E Foster Care Determination does not exist, one will be created by FSFN while creating

the Adoption Eligibility page. Once this Title IV-E Foster Care page is created, the user will

proceed to document all the necessary information on the Basic and Initial tabs and then submit the

Determination to their supervisor. Once a determination is submitted/ referred to their supervisor and

subsequently completed by the supervisor, the user will be able to complete the Adoption Eligibility

process.

The Eligibility page consists of a header group box and three tabs. The Eligibility page allows the user to

document when the child should not be referred to Child Support Enforcement, the reason for the non-

referral, and to document detailed information about the Title IV-E Foster Care Eligibility on the

following tabs: Basic, Initial Determination, and Redeterminations.

For purposes of “Redeterminations”, they are only done for children who were originally “Eligible”.

Children who are initially determined “Ineligible” will have a new IV-E Foster Care Eligibility

Determination documented if the child enters a new Removal. However, if the information at the snapshot

in time of removal is entered incorrectly, the Initial Determination is voided, and a new Initial is created.

If the Initial Determination is completed incorrectly the Submit Void Determination hyperlink will allow

users to execute the void process. A determination record on the Redetermination tab cannot by inserted if

the Initial Determination or any subsequent Redeterminations result in an Eligibility Determination status

of Ineligible. Each Redetermination row has an associated Void hyperlink to allow users to execute the

void process on specific determination rows and will not void the Initial Determination.

The Eligibility Status Change Pop-up page displays all changes in the child’s status since the last

eligibility redetermination. The Eligibility Status Change Pop-up page is accessed by clicking on

‘Eligibility Status Change’ from the Actions group box.

The Eligibility Referral History Pop-up page is accessed from the Actions group box of an Initial or

Redeterminations tab. The Eligibility Referral History Pop-up page displays the Worker’s name and


Topic Paper of 228

date of completion for various stages of the eligibility record. The Eligibility Referral History Pop-up

page is in view only mode and is always available.

The Income and Assets Select Pop-up page is accessed from the Actions group box by clicking the Link

Income/Assets Verification hyperlink. The Income and Assets Select Pop-up page displays all Income

and Assets Imaging pages associated to that specific FSFN Case.

The Select Legal Document Pop-up page is accessed from the Actions group box by clicking the Link

Legal Document hyperlink. The Select Legal Document Pop-up page displays all Legal Document where

the child for whom the Eligibility is being documented is selected across all FSFN Cases, not just the

Case that the IV-E Foster Care Eligibility resides in.

The Closed Cases Eligibility Search page can be launched from the Create Financial Work page by

selecting the Closed Cases Eligibility Search value in the Eligibility dropdown. The Create Financial

Work page is launched by clicking the Financial Work banner button. The Closed Case Eligibility Search

page allows the Eligibility Specialist to search out closed cases with an open eligibility determination or

redetermination.

FSFN generates a daily report (Title IV-E Eligibility Determinations Due) that catalogs all the pending

Eligibility determinations, annual redeterminations, or changes in a child’s status resulting in a

redetermination. The Placement Change Report will be utilized by Eligibility Specialists to track a

change in placement of a child or a discharge from the removal episode.

Based on the information obtained from the Title IV-E Foster Care Eligibility Determination, the OCA

Reimbursement Allocation Batch (FM04a: Reimbursement/Claiming) program will process the

payments and determine the portion of each payment that needs to be claimed using Title IV-E

Foster Care funds. This process also creates the necessary information to generate the reports that will

assist the Department of Children and Families (DCF) in its Title IV-E Foster Care claiming process.

FSFN is the system of record for IV-E Eligibility Determinations, while the Access FLORIDA System is

the system of record for Medicaid eligibility and is used by the Child in Care Unit (CIC).

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

IV-E Foster Care Eligibility April 02, 2021

Topic Paper of 228

2 Pages

2.1 Page – Eligibility

2.1.1 Page Overview

Navigation

To view or update a Title IV-E Foster Care Eligibility Determination, the user will select the Financial

Work banner button from their desktop and then select ‘Update Eligibility’ from the Eligibility dropdown

on the Create Financial Work page. When the Eligibility page is opened, the Eligibility page will be

blank with only a Search hyperlink enabled in the ‘Eligibility’ group box. The search hyperlink will

launch the Person Search page. On the Person Search page, the user enters the Child’s name in the

appropriate boxes and clicks ‘Search’. The results of the search will appear on the Person Search

page in the Person’s Returned group box. The user expands the Child’s Name and Case folder by

selecting the icons adjacent to the record. From the Case record, the user will expand the Eligibility

icon and select the radio button of the intended Eligibility Record. Selecting the ‘Continue’ button will

return the user to the Eligibility page with pre-filled information.

An Eligibility Specialist with or without an assignment to the case can view or update the Eligibility

page through ei ther the Eligibility icon within a case record on his/her desktop OR by navigating

through Financial Work. Eligibility pages are unique, such that they can be created, updated and

completed without an assignment to the FSFN Case if the user has the applicable security. The one

exclusion to this is the EFC Title IV-E FC Eligibility page, which can be updated and completed through

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Financial Work, but cannot be created through Financial Work. Non-Eligibility Specialists with

assignment to a case can access the Eligibility page in view only mode on their desktops through the

same manner. The Eligibility record will be listed as a hyperlink titled Title IV-E Eligibility

Determination. Selecting the hyperlink will open the Eligibility page pre-filled with the existing Case,

Child, and Eligibility information. Users can also access the Eligibility page in view-only mode via search

results on the Search page, Eligibility icon, and then selecting the Eligibility hyperlink.

Once the child is selected and the user has launched the Eligibility record, information will be pre-filled

by the system as applicable. For Initial Determinations, the Eligibility group box and Demographic

information will be pre-filled on the Basic tab and the remaining portion of the tab will now be enabled.

Once an Initial Determination has been completed for a Child, the Redeterminations tab will be

enabled. The Eligibility group box will be pre-filled with the Child’s information along with both the

Basic and Initial Determination tab being pre-filled, but not editable. From the Redeterminations tab,

the user will need to select the radio button of the redetermination they wish to edit or view.

Page Summary

The Eligibility record is initially auto-generated upon the approval of the child's out of home placement

after removal from home, (SM10a: Out of Home Placements) or the creation of a Private Adoption

page. It is auto-generated for all Removal Episodes. Additionally, a Title IV-E Eligibility for EFC page

cannot be manually created in FSFN. Once the Title IV-E is saved for the first time or auto-generated

based on the Removal/Placement, the type will remain the same as upon creation (EFC flag not checked,

or EFC IV-E flag being checked), even if the date of birth is modified on Person Management. If the user

made a mistake on the date of birth, they will have to end the placement as made in error or void the IV-E

and recreate it. Only the Redetermination tab will update for an individual Redetermination if the child

turns 18 and a Redetermination is documented. If a placement is discharged with the reason "Permanent

Guardianship" or "Placed with a Fit and Willing Relative" and a consecutive placement with the same

Provider ID is made, no new Title IV-E Foster Care Eligibility will be generated.

The Eligibility page consists of an Eligibility header group box and three (Basic, Initial and

Redetermination) tabs. The Eligibility group box consists of the Child Name, Person Search hyperlink

(when page is accessed via Financial Work), Person ID, Eligibility ID, Episode End Date, Case Name,

Case ID, along with the IV-E Removal Date, the Do Not Refer to Child Support Enforcement check box

and the Reason dropdown. For Title IV-E pages created through the create Private Adoption process, the

phrase Private Adoption will display in red bold lettering in the header beneath the Episode End Date,

indicating it as an AFCARS value. The Person Search page is also accessed through the Search

hyperlink within the Eligibility group box.

Checking the ‘Do not refer to Child Support Enforcement’ check box and selecting one of four reasons

from the reason dropdown manually prevents the referral of an otherwise eligible child for child

support services, discontinuing any future exchange of updates with the child support program on a

previously referred child.

The Basic tab consists of four group boxes including Demographic Information, Removal from Home

Information, Removal Home Address and AFDC Information. The Demographic Information group

box lists the Child's demographic information from the associated Person Management record. The

Removal from Home Information group box lists the type of removal along with the Name and

Relationship of the individual that the child was removed from. The Removal Home Address group box

pre-fills with the Primary Residence that was in effect at the time of removal of the Primary Caregiver.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Finally, there is an AFDC Information group box where the user can access each case participant’s Asset

and Employment page through the name hyperlink, as well as, select their respective Role from the

dropdown. The participants who are checked in the Assistance Group may be included in the Standard

Filing Unit (SFU) on the Initial Determination tab and income and assets may be included.

The next tab, Initial Determination, is used by the Eligibility Specialist to complete the initial Title IV-E

Foster Care Eligibility Determination for the child. This tab is only used for the Initial Determination.

After the initial eligibility determination is screened, the Eligibility Specialist will use the Refer/Return to

Supervisor option from the Actions group box to have the supervisor review the eligibility determination.

The supervisor will receive an automated message when a Title IV-E Foster Care Eligibility has been

referred. After the supervisor has reviewed and completed the Title IV-E Foster Care Eligibility from the

Actions group box, the Initial Determination tab will be frozen. The Eligibility Information group box

includes the Eligibility Determination and Status. Essential Eligibility dates such as Effective From date

along with the Entry Date, Date AFDC Applies, Date Voided, and Date Completed are listed for the

initial Eligibility Determination. Below the Eligibility Information group box are expandos for the

Eligibility Determination questions and t h e Eligibility Notes group box. When an Initial

Determination is referred to the supervisor, a Medicaid Eligibility record is automatically created unless a

record already exists.

The Redeterminations tab is used by the Eligibility Specialist to perform subsequent eligibility

determinations once the Initial Determination has been completed. The status of an eligibility

determination is pending until all questions are answered on the Redetermination tab. The Rev Max

Specialist uses the Refer/ Return to Supervisor hyperlink to submit Redetermination for approval and the

Eligibility Supervisor completes the screening by selecting Complete Determination from the Actions

group box. On the Redeterminations tab, the first group box includes a repeating table containing the

Redetermination information. Below are the questions and an optional Eligibility Notes narrative field.

In addition to the three tabs, the Eligibility page contains five pop-up pages: Eligibility Status Change,

Eligibility Referral History, Income and Assets Select, and Select Legal Document. Eligibility Status

Change is accessed by the Eligibility Specialist and is used to determine the reasons for which a Redetermination

needs to be completed. This page can also be launched in association to a Redetermination. Eligibility Referral

History Pop-up page, Income and Assets Select Pop-up page, and the Select Legal Document page can be

launched from the Actions group box found on all three tabs at the top right corner of the page. The

following hyperlinks only appear when accessed through Edit mode from the desktop or through

Financial Work and hidden when accessed through Search function:

• Refer/ Return to Supervisor

• Return to Eligibility Specialist

• Complete Determination

• Complete Redetermination

• Submit Void Determination

• Void Determination

Information such as SSN, Mother or Father Name, Relationship to Child or Date of Birth will need to be

managed on the Person Management page for the associated PERSON_ID. Once a child has been in any

Removal Episode, the child’s Date of Birth cannot be removed, only modified. If information needs to be

updated on the Child’s Person Management Record, then assignment to the case will be needed.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

2.1.2 Page Information

Group Box: Eligibility

Fields: Child Name Hyperlink The child’s name (Last name, First name, Middle

name); pre-fills from the Person Management record

of the Child associated with the Title IV-E Foster

Care Eligibility Determination record; user selected

from the Person Search page. Displayed as a

hyperlink which launches the Person Management

page, when clicked. If information is updated, the IV-

E Foster Care Eligibility page will update the content

automatically when the changes are made. Not user

editable.

Search Search hyperlink that launches the Person Search

page; only displays when page is accessed via

Financial Work.

Person ID The unique ID that the system generates to identify

the child. Not user editable.

Case Name Hyperlink The Case Name associated with child. System

derived (Last name, First name, Middle name) from

the Case Management record associated with the

Title IV-E Foster Care Eligibility Determination

record selected from the Person Search or the

desktop; displayed as a hyperlink which launches the

Maintain Case page and continues to display in the

current format which is Last Name, First Name

Middle. If the IV-E Eligibility page is in "edit" mode,

the Maintain Case page will be displayed in "edit"

mode; otherwise, "view only". Not user editable.

Case ID The unique system generated ID that is associated

with the Child’s case. System derived from the Title

IV-E Foster Care Eligibility Determination record.

Not user editable.

IV-E Removal Date The date the child was removed from home; Defaults

to the Removal Date in the Out of Home Placement

page when it creates the eligibility record; not user

modifiable; For Title IV-E Eligibility pages created

during the Private Adoption process this field will

pre-fill with the date Private Adoption was created;

not user modifiable.

Episode End Date Episode End Date is the Date the child’s removal

episode ends. Also, it is removed by the system if the

Removal discharge is overridden and if any changes

are made to a Placement Change. On a Private

Adoption IV-E, the Adoption Finalization Date is

populated once the Outcome is Adoption Finalization

and the Complete checkbox has been selected. When

the Outcome is Adoption Disruption, the Date

Completed will populate .System derived, disabled,

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

not user modifiable; not required.

Eligibility ID This field pre-fills from the Title IV-E Foster Care

Eligibility Determination record with the ID_ELIG;

System derived (after search); not user editable.

Do not refer to Child Support

Enforcement

Checkbox is always enabled. When check box is

checked, the ‘Reason’ dropdown is enabled and

required. User editable, not required.

Reason Enabled and required if the ‘Do not refer to child

support enforcement’ check box is checked. User

selects option “The child was conceived because of

incest or forcible rape”, “Legal proceedings for the

adoption of the child are pending before the court”,

“The parent or caretaker relative is considering

relinquishing the child for adoption”, or “Not

Applicable – Young Adult.

Group Box: Actions Panel

Fields: Refer/Return to Supervisor This hyperlink will be available and displayed for

selection upon creation of the IV-E Foster Care

Eligibility page; upon clicking the hyperlink the

system will process all field edits to ensure all

required fields are documented; Hidden when

accessed through Search function.

Eligibility Status Change Displays as a hyperlink in the Actions panel;

launches the Eligibility Status Change pop-up page

when clicked.

Eligibility Referral History Displays as a hyperlink in the Actions panel;

launches the Eligibility Referral History pop-up page

when clicked.

Complete Determination This hyperlink will only be available and displayed

for selection once the Refer/Return to Supervisor

action is completed for an Initial Determination; upon

clicking the hyperlink, the system will process the

following edits: Completed Date field is filled with

the current system date, Complete Determination

check box is checked, the questions on the Initial tab

are disabled, and the current Worker ID and

timestamp are saved to corresponding fields in the

ELIGIBILITY table; Hidden when accessed through

Search function.

Complete Redetermination This hyperlink will only be available and displayed


action is completed for a Redetermination; upon


following edits: Date Completed field is filled with

the current system date and is not linked to the entry

date, Complete column is entered with “Yes”,

questions on the Redetermination tab are disabled for

the redetermination instance, and the current worker

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

ID and timestamp are saved to the corresponding

fields in the ELIG_REDET table; Hidden when


Submit Void Determination/

Void Determination

Voids the Initial Determination and all supplemental

Redetermination records on the Redeterminations

Tab. Available only after the Initial Determination

record has been completed and the worker accessing

the page has the appropriate security. The Submit

Void Determination, and then Void Determination

steps must be completed before the Title IV-E Foster

Care Eligibility page is successfully voided. This

hyperlink does not display on when viewing the

Redetermination tab; Hidden when accessed through

Search function.

Link Income/Assets

Verification / View

Income/Assets Verification

Displays as a hyperlink in the Actions panel;

launches the Income and Assets Select Pop-up page

when clicked. Once the Initial Determination is

complete, the hyperlink dynamically changes to

display as View Linked Income/Assets Verification.

Clicking the hyperlink will launch the pop-up page in

view only mode and no changes can be made to it.

Upon clicking Continue and returning to the IV-E FC

Eligibility page the user must Save the page to

commit the selections to the database. Therefore,

upon clicking Continue and returning the Save button

will be enabled.

Link Legal Document Displays as a hyperlink in the Actions panel;

launches the Select Legal Document Pop-up page

when clicked. After returning from selecting the

applicable Legal Document, the hyperlink displays

the name of the Legal Document in place of “Link

Legal Document”. Once the Initial Determination is

complete, clicking the Legal Document name

hyperlink (if one was linked) will launch the Legal

Documentation page in View Only mode. Link will

no longer display once the pending Initial

Determination has been flagged as EFC.

Delink Legal Document Conditionally displays as a hyperlink in the Actions

panel once a Legal Document has been linked via the

Link Legal Document hyperlink. Clicking this

hyperlink will throw a validation prompt asking the

user if they wish to delink the Legal Document with a

Yes/No selection. This hyperlink will not display

once the Initial Determination is complete.

Eligibility Worksheet Displays as a hyperlink in the Actions panel;

launches the Eligibility Worksheet Pop-up page when

clicked.

Group Box: Text Panel

Fields: IV-E Foster Care Eligibility Launches the IV-E Eligibility Verification template

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Verification for purposes of Foster Care.

2.1.3 Background Processing

• Please refer to the background processing identified for each of the fields within the Page

Information table directly above.

• The Assets and Income calculations made are stored and associated with each IV-E Foster Care

Eligibility page.

• The ‘Removal from Home was’ radio button is set when the Eligibility record is initially created

as part of the paid Out of Home Placement page processing or the creation of a Private Adoption

page.

• If the Manner value on the out of home placement record is ‘Court Ordered’, the ‘Court

Ordered’ radio button will be selected for the ‘Removal from Home was’ field on the

Basic tab.

• If the Manner value on the out of home placement record is ‘Voluntary’, the ‘Voluntary

Placement Agreement’ radio button will be selected for the ‘Removal from Home was’

field on the Basic tab.

• If the Manner value on the out of home placement record is ‘Temporary Physical

Custody’, the Court Order radio button will be selected for the ‘Removal from Home

was’ field on the Basic tab.

• If the Eligibility record was created through the Private Adoption page, the ‘Removal

from Home was’ statement will be user selected.

• When selecting the name hyperlink in the Case Participant group box within the AFDC

Information group box, the user accesses the Assets and Employment page for that person. The

page is modifiable.

• When selecting the Refer/Return to Supervisor hyperlink from the Actions box, existing fields are

validated, to include validating that a Legal Document has been linked to Question 3A on the

Initial Determination Tab if Question 3A is Yes and that a Legal Document has been linked to

Question 4 on the Initial Determination Tab if Question 4 is Yes.

• The IV-E Removal Date can be the same date as a previously discharged Episode End Date.

• The Episode End Date field will prefill from the Out of Home Placement Removal End Date.

• The Adoption Finalization Date is populated for the Episode End Date on a Private Adoption

Title IV-E once the Outcome is Adoption Finalization and the Complete checkbox has been

selected. When the Outcome is Adoption Disruption, the Date Completed will populate the

Episode End Date.

• Once the Initial Determination is complete, the View Linked Income/Assets hyperlink will

display instead of the Link Income/Assets hyperlink. Clicking the hyperlink will launch the

Income and Assets select Pop-up page in view only mode and no changes can be made to it.

• It is not required to link Income and Asset Verification to complete a determination.

• Upon returning from selecting the applicable Legal Document, the Link Legal Document

hyperlink will display the name of the Legal Document and a Delink Legal Document hyperlink

displays directly beneath the Legal Document name.

• Clicking the Delink Legal Document hyperlink will throw a prompt asking if the user if they wish

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

to delink the Legal Document with a Yes/No selection.

• It is not required to link additional legal documents to complete the determination.

• Once the Initial Determination is complete, the Delink Legal Document hyperlink will no longer

display but the Legal Document Name hyperlink (if one was linked) will display and launch the

Legal Documentation page in view only mode. The same functionality is true if accessed from

Search regardless if the determination is complete or not.

• When the Initial Determination is referred to the Supervisor, prior the Supervisor “completing”

the determination, the tab will function as if it is “completed” unless the Supervisor does the

“Return to Eligibility Specialist” functionality.

• FSFN will not allow a FSFN Case to be closed if there is a “Pending” IV-E Foster Care eligibility

record or an approved IV-E without an Episode End Date.

• When an IV-E Eligibility is completed, approved users can still access the Assets and

Employment record from the hyperlink that is displayed under the AFDC group box on the Basic

tab; the Asset and Employment record for the selected participant will be in edit mode.

• When the “Refer/Return to Supervisor” hyperlink is selected, the system will compare the user’s

Worker ID to the Worker ID of the person selected to route for approval. If the Worker IDs

match, a validation message will be thrown indicating the same Worker ID cannot complete and

approve the work.

2.1.4 Save Processing

• Save Processing is initiated by clicking on the ‘Save’ command button. Save processing is also

initiated when selecting the Close button and then answering ‘Yes’ when the system asks the user

if they would like to ‘Save changes before closing the page’.

• IV-E Removal date is saved in ELIGIBILITY.dt_bgn field.

• If the IV-E Removal Date is prior to the end date of a prior eligibility for the same person

(irrespective of case), a message stating: ‘Title IV-E Foster Care Removal Date cannot be prior to

the end date of a previous eligibility’ will be displayed.

• The ‘Effective From’ date can equal the Episode End Date of a prior removal episode.

• If a user attempts to save the Title IV-E Foster Care Eligibility page and has checked the “Do not

refer to Child Support Enforcement” checkbox but has not selected a Reason, message “Please

enter data in the fields which are highlighted – Eligibility group box – Reason” will be received.

• The Date AFDC Applies is not required when saving a Title IV-E Foster Care Eligibility page.

The Eligibility Determination will automatically be Ineligible if the Date AFDC Applies field is

null.

• Upon attempting to save after removing the Date of Birth from Person Management, the user will

receive a validation message that the participant has been in at least 1 Removal Episode and

therefore the Date of Birth cannot be removed, only modified. This edit must not consider

Removals where all Placements within the Removal were ended as Made in Error. If a Removal

is created and the page saved to the database, it is a "Removal" and therefore the user cannot

delete the Date of Birth on Person Management. Only once the Placement is approved and only if

all placements within the Removal are ended as Made in Error and there are no other Removals

can the user delete the Date of Birth on Person Management. This is a validation that checks the

FSFN application across the board, not specific to a singular FSFN Case, based on the Person ID.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

• Once the Title IV-E is saved for the first time or auto-generated based on the Removal/Placement,

it will remain was it was upon creation (EFC flag not checked, or EFC IV-E flag being checked),

even if the date of birth is modified on Person Management. If the user made a mistake on the

date of birth, they will have to end the placement as made in error or void the IV-E and recreate

it. Only the Redetermination tab will update for an individual Redetermination if the child turns

18 and a Redetermination is documented.

2.1.5 CRUD Matrix

Table C R U D

ELIGIBILITY X X

PERSON X

CASE X

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

2.2 Tab – Basic

2.2.1 Tab Overview

The Basic tab displays information about the child such as Demographic Information, Removal from

Home Information, Removal Home Address and AFDC Information. The Demographic Information

group box lists the Child's demographic information from the associated Person Management record. The

Removal from Home Information group box lists the type of removal along with the Name and

Relationship of the individual that the child was removed from. The Removal Home Address group box

pre-fills with the Primary Residence that was in effect at the time of Removal of the Primary Caregiver.

Finally, there is an AFDC Information group box where the user can access each case participant’s Asset

and Employment page through the name hyperlink, as well as, select their respective Role from the

dropdown. The participants who are checked for Assistance Group may be included in the Standard Filing

Unit on the Initial Determination tab and income and assets may be included.

2.2.2 Tab Information

Group Box: Demographic Information

Fields: DOB The date of birth of the child for whom the

eligibility is being determined; system derived from

the child’s Person Management record; not user

editable.

Age The calculated age of the child. The calculation is

done dynamically by the system based on the

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Eligibility creation date minus the child’s DOB; not

user editable.

SSN Social Security Number from the child’s Person

Management record; system derived; not required

and not user editable.

Group Box: Removal from Home

Information

Fields: Removal from Home Was Indicates if the removal from home manner was

Court Ordered or a Voluntary Placement

Agreement. Defaults to the removal manner as

documented in the Manner field on the Out of Home

Placement page.

NOTE: If the removal was a Temporary Custody or

the Title IV-E was created as part of the Private

Adoption process, ‘Court Ordered’ will be

defaulted. Not user editable.

Child Removed from Home

of

Indicates whose home the child was removed from.

This field is system derived in the following

manner: based on the Primary and Secondary

Caregiver (if applicable) documented on the child's

current Removal Episode, the system will determine

if the relationship(s) documented on the

Relationship tab of Maintain Case are Mother,

Father, Both or Other; the following Relationship

values equal Mother = Mother; Mother - Adoptive;

Mother - Birth; or Mother - Step; the following

Relationship values equal Father = Father, Father -

Adoptive; Father - Birth; Father - Step; Father -

Legal; Father - Prospective; if the Primary

Caregiver is Mother or Father and Secondary

Caregiver is the other, maps to Both; if any other

Relationship value, maps to Other; there will no

longer be a Search hyperlink displayed for "Other";

if created as part of the Private Adoption process,

the Child Removed From Home of will be defaulted

to Mother, user modifiable and required.

Primary Caregiver The name of the person associated with the ‘Child

Removed from Home of’ field (First name, Middle

initial, Last name); pre-fills with the name of the

Primary Caregiver documented on the child's

current Removal Episode; not modifiable; if created

as part of the Private Adoption process, the Primary

Caregiver drop down will be enabled and required

and will contain all “active” FSFN Case Participants

other than the child for whom the Eligibility is being

determined.

Relationship to Child System derived as Mother or Father based on the

Primary and Secondary Caregiver (if applicable)

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

documented on the child's current Removal Episode

or selected by the user if created as part of the

Private Adoption process. The system will

determine if the relationship(s) documented on the

Relationship tab of Maintain Case are Mother,

Father, Both or Other; the following Relationship

values equal Mother = Mother; Mother - Adoptive;

Mother - Birth; or Mother - Step; the following

Relationship values equal Father = Father, Father -

Adoptive; Father - Birth; Father - Step; Father -

Legal; Father - Prospective; if the Primary

Caregiver is Mother or Father and Secondary

Caregiver is the other, maps to Both; if the Primary

Caregiver is not Mother or Father, the drop down is

enabled and required with no default value.

Secondary Caregiver This field will ONLY be displayed and visible if

there is a Secondary Caregiver documented on the

child's current Removal Episode; system derived

with the person selected as the Secondary Caregiver

on the child's current Removal Episode; not

modifiable; if created as part of the Private

Adoption process, the Secondary Caregiver drop

down will be enabled but not required and will

contain all “active” FSFN Case Participants other

than the child for whom the Eligibility is being

determined and the participant selected for Primary

Caregiver.

Relationship to Child This field will ONLY be displayed and visible if

there is a Secondary Caregiver documented on the

child's current Removal Episode; system derived as

Mother or Father based on the logic identified for

"Child removed from home of" associated with the

person identified as the Secondary Caregiver on the

child's current Removal Episode or selected by the

user if created as part of the Private Adoption

process; if the Secondary Caregiver is not Mother or

Father, the drop down is enabled and required with

no default value.

Group Box: Removal Home Address

Fields: Street The number and street name of removal home.

System derived from the Primary Caregiver's,

Primary Residence address that was in effect as of

the Removal Begin Date documented on their

Person Management record; this is the Primary

Caregiver selected on the child's current Removal

Episode; not user modifiable; if created as part of

the Private Adoption process this is system derived

based on the Primary Caregiver selected.

Apt The apartment number (if there is one) of removal

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

home. System derived from the Primary Caregiver's,

Primary Residence address that was in effect as of

the Removal Begin Date documented on their

Person Management record; this is the Primary





FL City The Florida city in which the removal home is

located. System derived from the Primary

Caregiver's, Primary Residence address that was in

effect as of the Removal Begin Date documented on

their Person Management record; this is the Primary





City City in which removal home is located. System

derived from the Primary Caregiver's, Primary

Residence address that was in effect as of the

Removal Begin Date documented on their Person

Management record; this is the Primary Caregiver

selected on the child's current Removal Episode; not

user modifiable; if created as part of the Private

Adoption process this is system derived based on

the Primary Caregiver selected.

State State in which removal home is located. System

derived from the Primary Caregiver's, Primary

Residence address that was in effect as of the

Removal Begin Date documented on their Person

Management record; this is the Primary Caregiver

selected on the child's current Removal Episode; not

user modifiable; if created as part of the Private

Adoption process. This is system derived based on


Zip Zip code of removal home. System derived from the

Primary Caregiver's, Primary Residence address that

was in effect as of the Removal Begin Date

documented on their Person Management record;

this is the Primary Caregiver selected on the child's

current Removal Episode; not user modifiable; if

created as part of the Private Adoption process. This

is system derived based on the Primary Caregiver

selected.

County County of removal home. System derived from the

Primary Caregiver's, Primary Residence address that

was in effect as of the Removal Begin Date

documented on their Person Management record;

this is the Primary Caregiver selected on the child's

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

current Removal Episode; not user modifiable; if

created as part of the Private Adoption process. This

is system derived based on the Primary Caregiver

selected.

Home Phone Home phone number of the person selected in the

‘Removal from Home’ group box. System derived

from the Primary Caregiver's, Primary Residence

address that was in effect as of the Removal Begin

Date documented on their Person Management

record; this is the Primary Caregiver selected on the

child's current Removal Episode; not user




Work Phone Work phone number of the person selected in the

‘Removal from Home group box. System derived

from the Primary Caregiver's, Primary Residence

address that was in effect as of the Removal Begin

Date documented on their Person Management

record; this is the Primary Caregiver selected on the

child's current Removal Episode; not user




Group Box: AFDC Information

Fields: Assistance Group When the checkbox is selected, the participant will

be included in the Assistance Group in the

Assistance Group/ Standard Filing Unit Information

group box on the Initial Determination tab. The

check boxes will be used for calculations as defined

in the overall Background Processing.

Participant Name This hyperlink will launch the Assets &

Employment page; in addition, the page must be

saved before being able to launch the Assets &

Employment page.

Role Identifies the Role the participant plays relative to

overall Background Processing; required once the

associated Assistance Group check box is selected

for the participant, enabled but not required if the

Assistance Group is not checked; the drop down

will NOT be enabled for the participant for whom

the IV-E Foster Care Eligibility page is being

documented.

It defaults to Child for the Child whom the

Eligibility is being determined.

Sponsor is only available as a role for someone not

selected in the Assistance Group and there is a

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

person with a Role – Parent or Minor Parent or

Stepparent and the “Parent or Minor Parent or

Stepparent” is defined as an Alien, with the

exception that Sponsor will only be available if the

time frame is less than 3 years from the Entry Date.

An Alien is a Non-Qualified, Non-Citizen, or

Qualified Non-Citizen if Entry Date on Person

Management is less than 5 years prior to AFDC

Month.

Sponsor's Spouse can only be selected if another

participant has Sponsor selected and the check box

is not selected; otherwise it isn't shown in the drop

down.

Minor Parent can only be selected if the participant

is identified on the Relationship tab of Maintain

Case as the "Mother"; "Mother - Adoptive";

"Mother - Birth"; "Father"; "Father - Adoptive";

"Father - Birth"; or "Father - Legal" of the child for

whom the Eligibility is being determined and that

person is under the age of 18 as of the AFDC

Month/Day/Year; otherwise it isn't shown in the

drop down. More than one person can be identified

as Minor Parent for Role.

Stepparent can only be selected if the participant is

identified on the Relationship tab of Maintain Case

as the "Mother - Step" or "Father - Step" of the child

for whom the Eligibility is being determined;

otherwise it isn't shown in the drop down. The

participant does not need the Assistance Group

checkbox selected to have Stepparent available in

the Role drop down.

Dependent can be selected for participants for

whom the check box is selected or not selected

EXCEPT for the child for whom the Eligibility is

being determined.

A maximum of 2 participants can be identified as

"Parent"; a maximum of 2 participants can be

identified as "Stepparent"; a maximum of 1

participant can be identified as a "Stepparent" if

there is 1 participant identified as a "Parent" and the

same vice versa (there is a total of 2

parents/stepparents collectively); a maximum of 1

participant can be identified as "Sponsor"

Unable to Obtain User selected check box. Only enabled if the person

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Income/Asset Verification is in the Assistance Group.

Action This column includes hyperlinks labeled "Obligated

Monies" and “Care Expenses” which dynamically

display based on certain criteria.

Obligated Monies Displays a hyperlink that launches the Obligated

Monies pop-up page. This hyperlink dynamically

displays only for the following persons: those

identified as a Role of Sponsor; Sponsor's Spouse;

Parent; Stepparent; or Household Member otherwise

the hyperlink is hidden and not displayed.

Care Expenses Displays as a hyperlink that launches the Care

Expenses Participant pop-up page. The hyperlink

conditionally displays only if Parent, Minor Parent,

or Stepparent is selected for the Role.

Save Standard Save Processing.

Buttons: Close Standard Close Processing.




• Upon clicking any of the hyperlinks to launch other FSFN pages, the IV-E Foster Care Eligibility

page must be saved directly prior to clicking the hyperlink if a change has been made. If a change

has been made but page not saved, the following validation message is displayed: “The IV-E

Foster Care Eligibility page must be saved.” <Close>

• Upon returning from making an update to another FSFN module, the system will automatically

refresh the IV-E Foster Care Eligibility page to update any applicable information. Additionally,

if the other FSFN pages were accessed external to the IV-E Foster Care Eligibility page, each

time the IV-E Foster Care Eligibility page is launched, it will automatically refresh upon opening

the page.

• The Removal Address is the Primary Caregiver’s Primary Residence address that was in effect as

of the Removal Begin Date where the Address Begin Date is equal to or less than the Removal

Begin Date. If multiple addresses exist, the Max Address Begin Date that is equal to or less than

the Removal Begin Date will be populated.

• Upon selecting the Print Screen command button at the top of the IV-E Foster Care Eligibility

page, the system will print all information on the screen/tab, including any information under the

scroll bar or within an expando.

• The following roles will display the Obligated Monies hyperlink: Sponsor; Sponsor's Spouse;

Parent; Stepparent; and Household Member. The Obligated Monies hyperlink for Role =

Household Member is available even if the person in the Assistance Group is not selected.

• In the Obligated Monies pop-up, the Number of Dependent Children for the Participant box is

enabled at all times.

• Sponsor is only available as a Role for someone not selected in the Assistance Group and there is

a person with a Role of Parent and the “Parent” is defined as an “Alien”, with the exception that

Sponsor will only be available if the time frame is less than 3 years from the Entry Date. An

“Alien” for this purpose is a Non-Qualified, Non-Citizen or Qualified Non-Citizen if Entry Date

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

on Person Management is less than 5 years prior to the AFDC Month.

• Minor Parent is available as a Role if their relationship is documented on Maintain Case is

Mother, Mother – Birth, Mother – Adoptive; Father, Father – Birth, Father – Adoptive or Father –

Legal to the child for whom the eligibility is being determined and that person is under the age of

18 as of the AFDC Month/Day/Year.

• More than 1 person can be identified as Minor Parent for a Role.

• The AFDC Information will automatically refresh each time the Title IV-E Foster Care page is

launched until the Initial Determination is completed. Once the Initial Determination is

completed, the AFDC information becomes frozen and will not update. It will not refresh to

display any new applicable participants who meet the determination criteria, nor will it refresh to

display any participant who have been removed and no longer meet the determination criteria.

• If one or more individuals in the Assistance Group have “Unable to obtain income/asset

verification” checked, the AFDC question on the Initial Tab will be set to No and the child will

be Ineligible.


Worker ID to the Worker ID of the person selected to route for approval. If these Worker IDs

match, the following validation message will display:

• You cannot approve your own work.

• If a Primary Caregiver has been documented but the Relationship to child has not, when

attempting to save the user will receive the following validation message:

• Please select on Basic tab – Relationship to child for Primary Caregiver.

• If there is no address documented on Person Manage for Primary Caregiver, when attempting to

save the following validation message will display:

• Please enter the Street Number on Person Management for Primary Caregiver.

• Please enter the Street Name on Person Management for Primary Caregiver.

• Please enter the City on Person Management for Primary Caregiver.

• Please enter the State on Person Management for Primary Caregiver.

• If the Assistance Group checkbox is checked but no Role has been selected, when attempting to

save the following validation message will display:

• Please enter data on Basic Tab – Please select a Role for the selected participant.




if he/she would like to ‘Save changes before closing the page.’

• Upon save processing, the Removal from Home address is saved to the Address table where

cd_grp = 11 and cd_grp_type = 1.

• Upon completion of the Initial Determination screening, the information on the Basic tab will be

frozen.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

2.2.5 CRUD Matrix

Table C R U D

ELIGIBILITY X X

PERSON X

ADDRESS X X

ELIG_REDET X

CODE_DESC X

WORKER X

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

2.3 Tab – Initial Determination (Court Ordered)

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

2.3.1 Tab Overview

The Initial Determination Tab dynamically changes to display the applicable questions when the Manner

of Removal is Court Ordered or Temporary Custody versus Voluntary. The page defaults based on the

current information in FSFN and refreshes each time the page is launched while the Initial Determination

is Pending. In this section, the Initial Determination tab will be analyzed as a Court Ordered Manner of

Removal; Voluntary Manner of Removal is discussed in Section 2.4.1.

The first group box on the Initial Determination tab is labeled Eligibility Information. This group box

contains the Eligibility Determination (Eligible and Reimbursable, Eligible, Not Reimbursable,

Ineligible, Pending), a check box that shows if the determination has been completed, a check box that

shows if the determination has been voided, and a user-entered field that shows if the determination is

not applicable along with a Reason text field, and four significant date fields (Effective From date, Entry

Date, Date AFDC Applies, and Date Completed).

The second half of the page contains four expandos that contain the initial determination questions

regarding a Court Ordered determination, along with an Eligibility Notes group box. Since there are

multiple questions on this page, the questions have been divided into groups (1-4, 6A-6B, 7-10)

within the question expandos. When an expando is expanded, the corresponding questions or text field

is visible and editable on the Initial Determination tab. The page also contains the Assistance Group/

Standard Filing Unit Information group box; which is included in the Questions 7-10 expando. It contains

the fields Assistance Group, Standard Filing Unit (SFU), Step 1, Step 2, and Assets.

Once an eligibility status has been determined and completed by the worker’s supervisor, the Initial

Determination tab will freeze, and all fields will be grayed out.

Once the Initial Determination is completed, the associated Placements in Current Removal Episode table

and related fields will freeze and no longer update. If the page is returned from the Eligibility Supervisor

without approval, the table will become unfrozen again.


Group Box: Eligibility Information

Fields: Eligibility

Determination

System derived radio buttons with four

selections: Eligible and Reimbursable;

Eligible, Not Reimbursable; Ineligible,

and Pending; not user editable; defaults

to ‘Pending’ and remains in “Pending”

until all the questions have a response.

The Eligibility Status that is determined

in FSFN will be the Eligibility Status and

once the “Complete Determination”

process has been completed, the Initial

Determination tab becomes frozen and

no longer user modifiable; AFCARS

value.

Effective From Begin Date from which the eligibility

status is effective; system defaulted from

the placement begin date of the first

placement; user editable; required.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Entry Date The system date when the eligibility

information is initially entered; system

derived from current system date when

the ‘Save’ button is first selected; not

user editable; required; defaults to

00/00/0000.

Date AFDC Applies Date field that populates the

Order/Complete Date of the Legal Action

or Legal Document linked to the IV-E

from the Legal Select Pop-up Page. This

field will dynamically update based on

the Legal Action or Legal Document

selected while the Initial Determination

is Pending. This field is not required but

the Eligibility Determination will

automatically be Ineligible if the Date

AFDC Applies field is null

Legal Select Displays as a hyperlink in the Eligibility

Information group box; Clicking the

hyperlink will launch the Legal Select

pop-up page. Once a Legal Action or

Legal Document has been linked via the

hyperlink, the name of the Legal Action

or Legal Document will display instead

of the Legal Select hyperlink. Clicking

the name of the Legal Action or Legal

Document will launch the Legal Select

Pop-up page.

Date Completed The system date when the initial

determination is completed; system

derived from system date when

‘Complete Determination’ is selected

from the Actions panel; not user editable;

defaults to 00/00/0000.

Determination

Complete

Check box to indicate that the initial

eligibility determination is complete, and

information cannot be changed; system

derived when ‘Complete Determination’

is selected from the Actions panel. Not

user editable; defaults to unchecked.

(OCA Reimbursement Allocation batch

will only look at completed

determinations. See FM04

Reimbursement and Claiming for

Details).

Determination Voided Check box to indicate that the initial

eligibility determination and all

subsequent redeterminations are voided;

system derived when the ‘Void

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Determination’ process is completed; 2

steps are required to complete the ‘Void

Determination’ process; Submit Void

Determination is the first step and Void

Determination is the second step;

selections are made from the Actions

panel. Not user editable; defaults to

unchecked.

Date Voided The system date when the Initial

Determination is voided; system derived

from system date when ‘Void

Determination’ is selected from the

Actions panel; not user editable; defaults

to 00/00/0000.

Determination N/A User selected check box to indicate that

the initial eligibility determination is not

applicable; defaults to unchecked. When

check box is checked, the ‘Reason’ text

field is enabled and required. NOTE:

There is no background processing

associated with this flag. It does not

prevent a redetermination, nor does it

impact how payments are processed and

OCAs applied.

Reason Reason for which the determination is

not applicable; enabled and required if

‘Determination N/A’ check box is

checked; user entered text field; defaults

to spaces. (75-character limit). NOTE:

There is no background processing

associated with this flag. It does not

prevent a redetermination, nor does it

impact how payments are processed and

OCAs applied.

Expando: Questions 1-4

Fields: Question 1 ‘Is the child under age 18? If Yes, go to

question 2B. If No, Ineligible.’

Compares Date AFDC Applies to DOB

to determine if the child is under 18 years

old.

Date AFDC Applies must be populated

for logic to default answer; otherwise, the

answer will not populate; defaults to

‘Yes’ if child’s age is less than 18; at

time of Eligibility record creation;

defaults to ‘No’ if child’s age is greater

than or equal to 18. at time of Eligibility

record creation. Not user editable.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Question 2B ‘Is the child a U.S. Citizen or a Qualified

Non-Citizen? If Yes, go to question 3. If

No, Ineligible.’ System derived from

Person Management; not user

modifiable; pre-fills with plain black text

indicating one of the following based on

Person Management: Yes, U.S. Citizen;

Yes, Qualified Non-Citizen; or No; No

displays if Person Management either

doesn't have a Citizenship selected (null)

or Non-Qualified, Non- Citizen is

selected; if Qualified Non-Citizen is

selected on Person Management, an

additional label "Non-Citizen ID:" is

displayed in plain black text and the

associated Non-Citizen ID is displayed.

Question 3A ‘Does the removal order or Official

Court Transcript contain a judicial

finding that supports the concept that

remaining in the home is contrary to the

welfare of the child or that removal is in

the child’s best interest? If No,

Ineligible.’ User selected radio button

with options of ‘Yes’ and ‘No’.

Select Legal

Document

Conditionally displayed hyperlink that

only displays on the screen if the answer

to Question 3A = Yes; otherwise, if the

response is No, this hyperlink will not

display.

A legal document must be linked in order

to refer the redetermination to the

supervisor; If a user does not link a legal

document and attempts to refer to the

supervisor, they will receive a validation

message that a Legal Document must be

linked for Question 3.

Upon selecting the hyperlink, the Select

Legal Document page displays the Legal

Documents across ALL FSFN cases that

are associated with the child for whom

the eligibility is being documented; once

a Legal Document is selected and the

user clicks Continue from the Select

Legal Document page, the Select Legal

Document hyperlink will no longer

display.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

If a legal document is later de-linked by

selecting the De-Link Legal Document

hyperlink, then the Select Legal

Document hyperlink will display once

again.

Legal Document Name Conditionally displayed hyperlink that

only displays on the screen if a Legal

Document is linked using the Select

Legal Document hyperlink; Otherwise,

this hyperlink is not displayed; Upon

selecting the hyperlink, the appropriate

Legal Documentation page displays; This

hyperlink will continue to display even

after the Initial Determination is

complete; The hyperlink name is

displayed as the Document Name that is

selected on the associated Legal

Documentation page (i.e. Custody and

Placement – Motion and Order; Shelter

Order/ Order to Take into Custody, etc.).

If the legal document is later de-linked

by selecting the De-Link Legal

Document hyperlink, then the Legal

Document Name hyperlink will no

longer display.

De-Link Legal

Document



Document has been linked using the

Select Legal Document hyperlink;

Otherwise this hyperlink is not

displayed; Once the Initial Determination

is referred to the supervisor, this

hyperlink will no longer display; If the

supervisor refers the Initial

Determination back to the Eligibility

Specialist, this hyperlink will display

once again; Upon selecting the De-Link

Legal Document hyperlink, a validation

prompt will display, asking the user if

he/she is sure they want to de-link the

associated Legal Document.

Question 3B ‘Does the same order contain a Judicial

finding regarding reasonable efforts to

prevent the removal of the child from the

home? If No, Ineligible, unless 4 is Yes.’

User selected radio button with selections

of ‘Yes’ and ‘No’.

Question 3C ‘Does the Court Order indicate the

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Department has placement and care

responsibility for the child? If No,

Eligible Non-Reimbursable.’ User

selected radio button with options of

‘Yes’ and ‘No’.

Question 4 ‘If the child entered out-of-home care via

court order, does the court order or a

subsequent order within 60 days of

removal contain a judicial finding that

the department made reasonable efforts

to prevent removal or reasonable efforts

to prevent removal were not required? If

No, Ineligible.’

The Yes/No/Less than 60 days radio

buttons are only enabled and the

selection is required if Question 3B is

No; otherwise disabled and grayed out.

If "Less than 60 days" is selected for

Question 4 the determination cannot be

completed. “Yes” or “No” are required to

complete the Initial Determination.

Upon selecting Yes to Question 4, the

date field displayed to the right of the

Yes radio button will become enabled

and required, and a Select Legal

Document hyperlink will be displayed to

the right of the Less than 60 Days radio

button. The date entered must be within

60 days of the IV-E Removal date. If the

date entered is not within 60 days of the

IV-E Removal Date FSFN will throw a

validation message upon attempting to

save that the date entered for Question 4

must be within 60 days of the IV-E

Removal Date.

If Yes, and the date entered for Question

4 is not in the same month as the

Removal Begin Date (this means in the

same year), the Eligibility Determination

will be Eligible, Not-Reimbursable.

If Yes, and the date entered for Question

4 is in the same month as the Removal

Begin Date, the Eligibility Determination

will be based on all the questions’

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

responses accordingly, and no

redetermination record will be

autogenerated.

If Question 4 is Yes and the child is

Eligible and Not Reimbursable and the

date is not in the same month and year as

the Removal Begin Date, then FSFN will

automatically create a Redetermination

row upon completion of the Initial

Determination. It will automatically be

completed by FSFN. See section 2.8 for

more information.

Select Legal

Document


only displays on the screen if the answer

to Question 4 = Yes; Otherwise, if a

response is either not selected or No, this

hyperlink will not display. Upon

selecting the hyperlink, the Select Legal

Document pop-up page displays the

Legal Documents across ALL FSFN

cases that are associated with the child

for whom the eligibility is being

documented; once a Legal Document is

selected and the user clicks Continue

from the Select Legal Document pop-up,

the Select Legal Document hyperlink

will no longer display.

If a legal document is later de-linked by

selecting the De-Link Legal Document

hyperlink, then the Select Legal

Document hyperlink will display once

again.

Legal Document Name Conditionally displayed hyperlink that


Document is linked using the Select

Legal Document hyperlink; Otherwise,

this hyperlink is not displayed; Upon

selecting the hyperlink, the appropriate

Legal Documentation page displays; This

hyperlink will continue to display even

after the Initial Determination is

complete; The hyperlink name is

displayed as the Document Name that is

selected on the associated Legal

Documentation page (i.e. Custody and

Placement – Motion and Order; Shelter

Order/ Order to Take into Custody, etc.).

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

If the legal document is later de-linked

by selecting the De-Link Legal

Document hyperlink, then the Legal

Document Name hyperlink will no

longer display.

De-Link Legal

Document



Document has been linked using the

Select Legal Document hyperlink;

Otherwise this hyperlink is not

displayed; Once the Initial Determination

is referred to the supervisor, this

hyperlink will no longer display; If the

supervisor refers the Initial

Determination back to the Eligibility

Specialist, this hyperlink will display

once again; Upon selecting the De-Link

Legal Document hyperlink, a validation

prompt will display, asking the user if

he/she is sure they want to de-link the


Expando: Questions 6A-6B

Fields: Question 6A ‘At the time of or within 6 calendar

months of the initiation of court

proceedings, was the child living with

and removed from the home of a

parent/specified relative? If Yes,

complete when the child lived in such a

home, name of parent/relative,

relationship to child, and go to question

6B. If No, Ineligible. User editable; no

default value; conditionally required to

submit for supervisor review. Date Last Lived with

Parent/Specified

Relative

Date field that is conditionally enabled

and required upon selecting Yes to

Question 6A; This field can only be a

current, past date, or a date that is after

the AFDC date; does not accept future

dates.

Upon selecting Yes and entering a date,

if the date entered is not either in the

same month as AFDC Month, within one

of the six months "prior to" the AFDC

Month, or after the AFDC Month, the

following validation message displays:

The date entered for Question 6A is not

within 6 calendars months of the

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

initiation of court proceedings. Please

either select No or enter a valid date,

whichever is applicable.

Relationship to Child User selected drop down; enabled and

not required if the ‘Yes’ radio button is

selected.

Removed from

Relative’s Name

The name of the parent or specified

relative the child was living with and

removed from; system-derived if the

relationship selected is the same as

selected on the Basic tab or the user can

search the person through the search

hyperlink located to the right of the text

field; field is enabled if ‘Yes’ is selected

from question 6B, but not required.

Question 6B ‘At the time of removal, was the child

deprived of parental support? If Yes,

indicate deprivation type. If No,

Ineligible’; user selected radio button

with the options of ‘Yes’ and ‘No’; if

Yes is selected, Deprivation Type is

required. This question will

automatically default to ‘Yes’ when

entering the AFDC month and saving

only if two parents are selected on the

basic tab and the Deprivation Type is

Underemployment or Unemployment

based on the logic below for Deprivation

Type.

Deprivation Type The Deprivation Type is conditionally

enabled and required if Yes is selected;

otherwise disabled and grayed out;

contains the following values: Absence

of Mother; Absence of Father; Absence

of Both Parents; Death; Documented

disability or incapacity; Single Parent

Adoption; Termination of Parental

Rights; Unemployment parent; and

Underemployment parent. The associated

Reason for Mother and Reason for Father

associated drop downs will dynamically

display based on the selected Deprivation

Type - therefore, only if Absence of Both

Parents is selected will both drop downs

with associated text fields be displayed;

if Absence of Mother is selected only the

Reason for Mother drop down is

displayed; if Absence of Father is

selected only the Reason for Father drop

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

down is displayed; if any other values are

selected, neither drop down is displayed.

Deprivation Type will automatically

populate Underemployment or

Unemployment only if two parents are

selected on the basic tab and employs the

following logic:

The Principal Earner (PE) is determined

by calculating the total income made

within the 24 months preceding the

AFDC month. If the earned income starts

or stops within a month, and the type of

income is weekly, bi-weekly or twice a

month, the same logic utilized for

Question 7 is applied (see Section 5) and

will determine if monthly conversion or

calculation based on number of weeks is

used.

After determining which parent is the

principal earner for the last 24 calendar

months, their employment has to be

within 1 year of the AFDC month and

they had to have worked at least 6

quarters of the last 13 quarters as of the

AFDC month or received unemployment

(unearned income) within 1 year of the

AFDC month; a quarter of work equals 3

consecutive calendar months ending

3/31, 6/30, 9/30 or 12/31 and must total

at least $50 earned in a quarter.

Based on the AFDC date, FSFN will first

look at the prior 13 quarters, not

including the quarter the AFDC month

falls in, and determines if the PE meets 6

of 13 quarters (must make at least $50 in

a quarter, to count a quarter). If the PE

does not meet this, the 13-quarter block

will shift an additional quarter back. The

loop will continue until the logichitssa

13-quarter cycle that meets the 6 quarter

criteria or, if the 6 quarter criteria is not

met after going through 4 loops in total.

If the principal earner meets the above

criteria and they have not worked for the

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

previous 30 days prior (within 30 days)

to the AFDC month/day/year,

Unemployment will populate for

Deprivation Type.

If the principal earner meets to above

criteria and they are working less than

100 hours in the AFDC month or has

worked/projected (no end date on

Employment record) to work more than

100 hours in the AFDC month but did

not work more than 100 hours in each of

the 2 prior months before the AFDC

month, Underemployment will populate

for Deprivation Type.

Once the Deprivation Type has been

system derived and populated, this field

will be disabled, grayed out, and not user

modifiable.

Reason for Mother Enabled and required Reason drop down

when the user selects Deprivation Type:

"Absence of Mother" or "Absence of

Both Parents"; values include

Abandonment, Death, Divorce,

Incarceration, Other and Paternity Not

Established.

No Label Conditionally enabled and required

alphanumeric text field when Other is

selected from the Reason drop down;

otherwise disabled and grayed out; 250

characters.

No Label System derived based on if Absence of

Mother, Absence of Father or Absence of

Both Parents is selected; if Absence of

Both Parents is selected, both the Mother

and Father will display; Mother and

Father are system derived based on the

Additional tab of the child's Person

Management record; the Mother and

Father labels will NOT display unless

one of the 3 values identified is selected;

likewise, if only one is identified as

absent, only that applicable label will

display.

Reason for Father Enabled and required Reason drop down

when the user selects Deprivation Type:

"Absence of Father" or "Absence of Both

Parents"; values include Abandonment,

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Death, Divorce, Incarceration, Other and

Paternity Not Established.

No Label Conditionally enabled and required

alphanumeric text field when Other is

selected from the Reason drop down;

otherwise disabled and grayed out; 250

characters.

No Label System derived based on if Absence of

Mother, Absence of Father or Absence of

Both Parents is selected; if Absence of

Both Parents is selected, both the Mother

and Father will display; Mother and

Father are system derived based on the

Additional tab of the child's Person

Management record; the Mother and

Father labels will NOT display unless

one of the 3 values identified is selected;

likewise, if only one is identified as

absent, only that applicable label will

display.

Expando: Questions 7-10 ** For more information on Assistance

Group / Standard Filing Unit, please refer

to the AFDC Income Calculations

section in this topic paper.

Group Box: Assistance

Group/Standard Filing

Unit Information

Fields: Assistance Group System derived based on the participants

selected in Assistance Group on the

Basic tab. The calculated total is then

compared against the CNS guidelines for

the determined Standard Filing Unit

(SFU); disabled and grayed out; not user

modifiable.

Standard Filing Unit

(SFU)

Field is system derived from stored SFU

calculation procedure; family size based

on participants in Assistance Group.

Step 1: System derived from the Assets and

Employment page; not user editable.

This is the resulting amount that is

compared to the CNS @ 185% and is the

Total SFU Income & Applied Income

Amount.

Step 2: System derived from the Assets and

Employment page; not user editable.

This is the resulting amount that is

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

compared to the CNS @ 100% and is the

Total SFU Income & Applied Income

Amount.

Assets System derived from the Assets and

Employment page; Not user editable.

The amount will determine the answer to

Question 8. Default to ‘No’ if amount is

greater than $10,000. Defaults to ‘Yes’ if

amount is less than or equal to $10,000.

For more information, please refer to the

AFDC Income Calculations section in

this topic paper.

Fields: Question 7 ‘Is the family’s income less than the

Consolidated Need Standard for the

Standard Filing Unit? If No, Ineligible.’

System derived radio button of ‘Yes’ or

‘No’ based on the amounts in Step 1 and

Step 2 compared against the CNS

guidelines; disabled and grayed out; not

user modifiable.

Question 8 ‘Are the family’s total assets less than

$10,000?’ If No, Ineligible.’ System

derived radio button of ‘Yes’ or ‘No’

based from the calculated amount in the

Assets field; disabled and grayed out; not

user modifiable.

Placements in Current

Removal Episode

This table lists all placements for the

child in the current removal episode

based on the IV-E Effective From date

while the Title IV-E is Pending, except

for placements ended for the reason

‘Made in Error’; Placements added

through Placement Correction will also

display if the Title IV-E is Pending.

From The beginning date of the placement;

system derived from the placement begin

date value on the Out of Home

Placement page; not user editable.

To The end date of the placement; system

derived from the placement end date

value on the Out of Home Placement

page; not user editable.

Placement Name The name of the placement provider.

System derived from the provider name

on the Out of Home Placement page; not

user editable.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Reimbursable Check box to indicate whether the

placement is reimbursable or not; system

derived as checked based on the Provider

having an active license for the specific

Service Type as of the Effective Date;

otherwise not checked. Not user editable.

If the Provider no longer has an active

license but the Placement has not

changed, the status will show as Not-

Reimbursable.

Licensed Checkbox identifies whether the

placement provider’s license is

applicable to provide services for the

child and shows the status. System pre-

fills the license status from the Provider

License page based on if the Provider has

an active License for the specific Service

Type the child is placed in as of the

Effective Date; otherwise not checked.

Not user editable.

License Effective The License Begin Date of the license

which appears in the Licensed column

system derived from the Provider

License page. Not user editable.

License End The License End Date of the license

which appears in the Licensed column

system derived from the Provider

License page. Not user editable.

Service Type Displays the Service Type of the

placement listed. System derived from

the Out of Home Placement page; not

user editable.

Question 9 ‘Is the child receiving SSI? If Yes, Not

Reimbursable.’ System derived as Yes

based on the child having Unearned

Income documented on Assets &

Employment with a Type of

"Supplemental Security Income (SSI)" as

of the Initial Determination Effective

Date where the Effective End Date is

"null" or has not passed; otherwise,

system derived as No; not user

modifiable.

SSI Begin Date System derived; if Yes was derived from

Assets & Employment, derived where

the Unearned Income "Type" is

Supplemental Security Income (SSI) and

populates with the Effective Start Date;


_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

AFDC Criteria 'Does the child meet the AFDC criteria

that were in effect as of July 16, 1996 at

the time of removal from the home? If

No, Ineligible.’ System derived, disabled

and grayed out based on the selections

already made as follows: System derived

as Yes if all of the following questions

are Yes: Question 1 Question 2B,

Question 6A, Question 6B, Question 7

and Question 8; Otherwise, system

derived as No. Additionally, AFDC

Criteria is not met and the answer will be

No if the Removal Address is outside the

State of Florida.

Expando: Eligibility Notes

Fields: Eligibility Notes User editable until the Determination is

completed; 1000-character limit; not

required.

Buttons: Save Standard Save Processing.

Close Standard Close Processing.




• For information on Background Processing pertaining to AFDC Income Calculations, Standard

Filing Unit, and the Budgeting Process, please refer to Section 5 in this topic paper.

• The Date AFDC Applies field is not required to save the Title IV-E Foster Care Eligibility page.


null.

• For Question 1 on the IV-E FC Eligibility page – Initial Determination tab, the Date AFDC

Applies is compared to DOB to determine if they are under 18 years old. Question 1 will remain

unanswered until the Date AFDC Applies is populated.

• Upon selecting the Refer/ Return to Supervisor hyperlink, if Yes is selected for either Question

3A or 4 the system will validate that a Legal Document has been linked. If a Legal Document has

not been linked the following validation message is displayed:

• A Legal Document must be linked in relation to Question 3A or 4. Please make the

necessary updates. <Close>

• Upon successfully performing the Create New Case after Finalization process, if a Legal

Document was linked to the Initial Determination tab for Questions 3A or 4, the linked Legal

Document WILL be copied over.

• Upon selecting the Select Legal Document hyperlink, the Select Legal Document pop-up page is

displayed. Once a Legal Document has been selected on the Select Legal Document pop-up page

and the user returns to the IV-E Foster Care Eligibility page by clicking the Continue button on

the Select Legal Document pop-up page, the IV-E Foster Care Eligibility page will automatically

refresh and the Select Legal Document hyperlink will no longer display, the <Legal Document

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Name> hyperlink will now display, and the De-Link Legal Document hyperlink will now display.

• NOTE: If the user closes the Select Legal Document pop-up page by clicking the Close

button, upon returning to the IV-E Foster Care Eligibility page, a Legal Document will

NOT be linked and the Select Legal Document hyperlink will continue to be the only

hyperlink displayed in association with Question 3A or 4, whichever is applicable.

• If the user accessing the IV-E Foster Care Eligibility page does not have “update”

security for the Select Legal Document pop-up page, the standard security message will

be displayed indicating that the user does not have the appropriate security for this

function.

• Upon selecting the <Legal Document Name> hyperlink, the associated Legal Documentation

page will display in view only mode and the user will be able to access any attached imaging

pages through the View Attached Images hyperlink or access the associated Text Template.

• If the user accessing the Initial Determination tab of the IV-E Foster Care Eligibility page

does not have the security to view the Legal Documentation page, upon clicking the

<Legal Document Name> hyperlink the standard security message will be displayed

indicating the user doesn’t have the security to view the page.

• Upon selecting the De-Link Legal Document hyperlink, the following validation prompt is

displayed:

• Are you sure you wish to de-link the associated Legal Document? <Yes><No>

• Upon selecting Yes, the IV-E Foster Care Eligibility page will automatically refresh and

the <Legal Document Name> hyperlink will no longer be displayed, the De-Link Legal

Document hyperlink will no longer be displayed, and the Select Legal Document

hyperlink will display once again for the user to link the appropriate Legal Document.

• Upon selecting No the user will be returned to the IV-E Foster Care Eligibility page and

the <Legal Document Name> hyperlink will continue to display; the De-Link Legal

Document hyperlink will continue to display, and the Select Legal Document hyperlink

will continue to NOT display.

• Once the Initial Determination is referred to the supervisor the only hyperlink that will display is

the <Legal Document Name> hyperlink. If the supervisor reviewing the determination determines

that the associated Legal Document needs to be de-linked, the Initial Determination must be

returned to the Eligibility Specialist and then the De-Link Legal Document hyperlink will display

once again.

• Once the Initial Determination is complete, the only hyperlink that will display is the <Legal

Document Name> hyperlink.

• If Question 4 is not answered when attempting to refer to the supervisor, the following validation

message displays:

• Please enter data on Initial Determination Tab – Question 4.

• If the Less than 60 days radio button is selected for Question 4, when attempting to click the

Refer to Supervisor hyperlink, the user will receive the following validation message:

• Question 4 cannot be Less than 60 days when attempting to complete the Initial

Determination;

• If the Date for Question 4 is not within 60 days of the IV-E Removal Date, the following

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

validation message displays after a date is entered:

• Question 4 Court Order Date must be within 60 days of the IV-E Removal Begin Date

and cannot be a future date.

• To refer the Initial Determination to the supervisor for completion, if Yes is selected for Question

4, the user must enter the applicable date and the user must select and link the applicable order

(Legal Document).

• Upon completing the determination, if Question 4 = No, the determination = Ineligible. If

Yes, and the date entered for Question 4 is not in the same month as the Removal Begin

Date (this means in the same year), the Eligibility Determination will be Eligible, Not-

Reimbursable. If they are in the same month and year, the Eligibility Determination will

be based on all the questions responses accordingly and no redetermination record will be

autogenerated. Meaning, even if the participant was going to be Eligible and

Reimbursable, if the date entered for Question 4 is not in the same month and year as the

Removal Begin Date, the child is not reimbursable for that time frame. If Question 4 is

Yes and the child is Eligible and Not Reimbursable, and the date is not in the same month

and year as the Removal Begin Date, upon completion of the Initial Determination FSFN

will automatically create a Redetermination row and will automatically be completed by

FSFN. See section 2.8 for more information.

• If no date is entered for Question 6A and the user attempts to save, the following validation

message will display:

• Please enter data on Initial Determination Tab – Question 6A Date last lived with

parent/relative.

• For Question 6A, upon selecting Yes and entering a date, if the date entered is not either in the

same month as AFDC Month, within one of the six months "prior to" the AFDC Month, or after

the AFDC Month, the following validation message displays:

• The date entered for Question 6A is not within 6 calendars months of the initiation of

court proceedings. Please either select No or enter a valid date, whichever is applicable.

• If Question 6B is Yes, but no deprivation type has been selected and the user attempts to save, the


• Please enter data on Initial Determination Tab – Deprivation Type.

• If ‘Absence of Parents’ is selected for Question 6B and a user attempts to save, the following

validation messages will display:

• Please enter data on Initial Determination Tab – Reason for Mother.

• Please enter data on Initial Determination Tab – Reason for Father.

• If ‘Absence of Mother’ is selected for Question 6B and a user attempts to save, the following

validation message will display:


• If ‘Absence of Father’ is selected for Question 6B and a user attempts to save, the following



• Question 6B will automatically default to ‘Yes’ when entering the AFDC month and saving only

if two parents are selected on the basic tab and the Deprivation Type is Underemployment or

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Unemployment based on the logic below for Deprivation Type.

• Deprivation Type will automatically populate Underemployment or Unemployment only if two

parents are selected on the basic tab and employs the following logic:

• The Principal Earner (PE) is determined by calculating the total income made within the

24 months preceding the AFDC month. If the earned income starts or stops within a

month, and the type of income is weekly, bi-weekly or twice a month, the same logic

utilized for Question 7 is applied (see Section 5) and will determine if monthly

conversion or calculation based on number of weeks is used.

• After determining which parent is the principal earner for the last 24 calendar months,

their employment has to be within 1 year of the AFDC month and they had to have

worked at least 6 quarters of the last 13 quarters as of the AFDC month or received

unemployment (unearned income) within 1 year of the AFDC month; a quarter of work

equals 3 consecutive calendar months ending 3/31, 6/30, 9/30 or 12/31 and must total at

least $50 earned in a quarter.

• As the number of hours worked are documented on the Employment record as per week,

the formula used to convert the hours worked in a month is the following: (Number of

hours worked * 4.3) * (Days Employed in month/Totals Days in month).Based on the

AFDC date, FSFN will first looks at the prior 13 quarters, not including the quarter in

which the AFDC date falls, and determine if the PE meets 6 of 13 quarters (must make

at least $50 earned in a quarter, to count a quarter). If the PE does not meet this, the 13-

quarter block will shift an additional quarter back. The loop will continue until the logic

hits a 13-quarter cycle that meets the 6 quarter criteria or, if the 6 quarter criteria is not

met after going through 4 loops total.

• If the principal earner meets the above criteria and they have not worked for the previous

30 days prior (within 30 days) to the AFDC month/day/year, Unemployment will

populate for Deprivation Type.

• If the principal earner) meets to above criteria and they are working less than 100 hours

in the AFDC month or has worked/projected (no end date on Employment record) to

work more than 100 hours in the AFDC month but did not work more than 100 hours in

each of the 2 prior months before the AFDC month, Underemployment will populate for

Deprivation Type.

• Once the Deprivation Type has been system derived and populated, this field will be

disabled, grayed out, and not user modifiable.

• Refer to Section 5 for background processing of Question 7 and Question 8 logic.

• In the Placements in Current Removal table, the current placement will not be checked as

Reimbursable if the Provider with whom the child is placed has a CCA License Type with a Sub-

Type of “Public Institution > 25 Beds”.

• Upon attempting to refer the Initial Determination to the supervisor, upon clicking the Refer to

Supervisor hyperlink if a participant has a Role = Sponsor on the Basic tab AND there is not a

documented "Number of Dependent Children for the Participant" on the associated Obligated

Monies pop-up page, the following validation message is thrown:

• A sponsor has been identified. The number of sponsor's dependent children must be

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

documented on Obligated Monies to refer to the supervisor. Please make the necessary

updates and review the determination.

• Court Ordered Initial Determination statuses:

• An Eligible and Reimbursable Determination status is obtained if the participants meet

the following criteria:

▪ Questions 1, 2B, 7, 8 and AFDC Criteria are all system derived = Yes;

▪ Questions 3A, 3C, 6A and 6B are user selected = Yes;

▪ Question 3B = Yes OR

• Question 3B = No AND

• Question 4 = Yes AND

• Question 4 Date is in the same month as the Removal Begin Date;

▪ Question 4 = ONLY considered if Question 3B is No; otherwise, disabled and

grayed out.

▪ Question 9 system derived = No AND

▪ The provider is licensed for service at the time of placement “as of” the Effective

Date;

• An Eligible, Not-Reimbursable Determination status is obtained if the participants meet


▪ Questions 1, 2B, 7, 8 and AFDC Criteria are all system derived = Yes;

▪ Questions 3A, 3B, 6A and 6B are user selected = Yes OR

▪ Question 3B = No AND

• Question 4 = Yes AND

• Question 4 Date is NOT in the same month as the Removal Begin Date

▪ Question 4 = ONLY considered if Question 3B is No; otherwise, disabled and

grayed out.

▪ Question 3C = No; OR

▪ Question 9 system derived = Yes OR

▪ The provider is not licensed for service at the time of placement “as of” the

Effective Date;

• If the License is "on hold" as of the Effective Date of the determination FSFN will still

treat it as reimbursable with all other questions considered.

• IMPORTANT NOTE: Anything other than the above combinations in the previous two

bullet points for Eligibleand Reimbursable or Eligible, Not Reimbursable will make the

child Ineligible.

• When determining the Eligibility of the child, once all the questions on the Initial Determination

tab are answered, if the child is determined to be Eligible, regardless if based on the answers to all

the questions the child is Eligible and Reimbursable, if the Placement in which the child is

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

currently placed is not “Licensed”, the child will be Eligible, Not Reimbursable.

• NOTE: Current functionality is such that when Title IV-E Foster Care Eligibility is

created because of a Private Adoption, the Eligibility Determination is based solely on

the responses to the questions on the Initial Determination and Redeterminations tabs and

the Private Adoption page does not make the child Not-Reimbursable. Therefore, if the

child is Eligible and Reimbursable based on the responses, the child will be Eligibility

and Reimbursable still, even if created because of Private Adoption.

• Upon submitting a Void Determination, the system will require that another worker, other than

the worker who submitted the Void Determination, who has create/edit access to the IV-E Foster

Care Eligibility page, perform the 2nd Void Determination step.

• Upon successfully voiding the IV-E Foster Care Eligibility page, FSFN will automatically

populate the new IV-E Foster Care Eligibility page with all the applicable, user documented

information. However, specific to Questions 3A and 4, the linked Legal Document will not be

copied over. Only the documented response of Yes or No will be copied over. This will ensure

the user links the appropriate Legal Document if the response that is copied over = Yes.




approve the work.

• For a young adult to appear on the Create Young Adult Case Selection pop-up page, they cannot

have a “Pending” Title IV-E Foster Care Eligibility Determination (Initial or Redetermination).


• Save Processing is initiated by clicking on the Save command button. Save processing is also


if they would like to ‘Save changes before closing the page.’

• The Date AFDC Applies field is not required to save the Title IV-E Foster Care Eligibility page.


null.

• The ‘Effective From’ date is - required to initially save the page for the Initial Determination tab.

Based on the responses for the questions on the ‘Initial Determination’ tab, various fields may

also be required. If any of these fields are null, the user will receive an error validation stating,

‘Please enter data in the fields which are highlighted - <field name>.’ upon attempting to submit

the Initial Determination for supervisor review.

• If the ‘Effective From’ date value is prior to the ‘IV-E Removal Date’, on save processing the

user will receive an error message stating, ‘Effective From date cannot be before the Title IV- E

Foster Care Removal Date.’


• If the initial determination is not completed (ELIGIBILITY.dt_cmplt = null), all placements that

are marked ‘Applicable’ will be saved in the EPISODE.fl_applic field.

• If the initial determination is completed (ELIGIBILITY.dt_cmplt <> null), all placements where

EPISODE.fl_applic = ‘Y’ are saved in ELIG_EPISODE table. Once the determination is

completed, only the applicable placements are displayed.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

• Upon attempting to save the page with the date entered for Question 4, FSFN will validate that

the date is within 60 days of the IV-E Removal Date. If the date entered is not within 60 days of

the IV-E Removal Date FSFN will throw a validation message upon attempting to save that the

date entered for Question 4 must be within 60 days of the IV-E Removal Date.

• When the user selects the ‘Submit Void Determination’ action, a pop-up message is displayed

that states ‘This will void out the Initial Eligibility Determination and all associated Eligibility

Redetermination records. Do you want to continue?’ If the user selects ‘No’, the user is

returned to the page. If the user selects ‘Yes’, the page is saved, and the Determination

Voided check box is checked once the second step has been completed. Additionally, all

redetermination records are disabled.

• Requires two levels of review. Regardless of the initial workers security profile level, a

second review must be completed by another user with at least a level 3 security profile.

• If Refer/Return to Supervisor action is selected, the Medicaid Eligibility Record is created if one

does not exist for the child and case.

• If Complete Determination action is selected by the supervisor and successfully processed, the

following processes occur:

• The Date Screening Completed Date field is filled with the current system date

(ELIGIBILITY.dt_sys_cmplt).

• The Complete Determination check box is checked (ELIGIBILITY.fl_cmplt)

• The questions on the Initial Determination tab are disabled.

• The current worker ID is saved to the field ELIGIBILITY.id_st_apprval.

• The timestamp is saved to the field ELIGIBILITY.dt_cmplt.

• If the Void Determination process has been completed from the Initial tab (2 step process), then:

• The Initial determination and all its redeterminations are flagged as voided.

• The Basic, Initial and ‘Redeterminations’ tabs and any templates accessed from those

tabs are no longer modifiable. The Search hyperlinks on the tabs are not available. Within

the Actions panel, the ‘Complete Determination’ and ‘Void Determination’ selections are

not available. Within the Actions panel on the ‘Redeterminations’ tab, the Complete

Redetermination selection is not available. Within the Actions panel, the templates from

both the Basic and the Initial Determination tabs are View Only.

• A new pending Initial Title IV-E Eligibility row is created for the child.

• The user will receive the following message when they are the original user that

submitted the void determination and are attempting to complete the second step in the

void determination process: “In order to void an eligibility determination, two different

users must void the determination regardless of security profile.”

2.3.5 Security

• Title IV-E Eligibility All + Comp: Includes the Security Resource for the Select Legal Document

pop-up page with the Actions of “Update” and “View” selected.

• Title IV-E Eligibility - All: Includes the Security Resource for the Select Legal Document pop-up

page with the Actions of “Update” and “View” selected.

• Title IV-E Eligibility - View: Includes the Security Resource for the Select Legal Document pop-up

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

page with the Action of “View” selected.

2.3.6 CRUD Matrix

Table C R U D

ELIGIBILITY X X

PERSON X

EPISODE X

ELIG_EPISODE X X X

PROVIDER_ORG X

ELIG_REDET X X X

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

2.4 Tab – Initial Determination (Voluntary)

2.4.1 Tab Overview

The IV-E Initial Determination Tab dynamically changes to display the applicable questions when the

Manner of Removal is Court Ordered or Temporary Custody versus Voluntary. The page defaults based

on the current information in FSFN and refreshes each time the page is launched while the Initial

Determination is Pending. In this section, the Initial Determination tab will be analyzed as a Voluntary

Manner of Removal.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228




shows if the determination has been voided, and a user entered field that shows if the determination is

not applicable along with a Reason text field, and four significant date fields (Effective From date, Entry

Date, Date AFDC Applies, and Date Completed).

Once an eligibility status has been determined by the worker’s supervisor and completed, the page will

freeze, and all fields will be grayed out. The second half of the page contains a series of questions (1, 2B,

5A-5B, 6A-6B, 7-10) pertaining to a Voluntary initial determination along with an Eligibility Notes group

box. When an expando is expanded, the corresponding questions or text field is visible and editable on the

Initial Determination tab. The page also contains the Assistance Group/ Standard Filing Unit Information

group box; which is included in the Questions 7-10 expando. It contains the fields Assistance Group,

Standard Filing Unit, Step 1:, Step 2:, and Assets.






Eligibility Determination System derived radio buttons with four selections:

Eligible and Reimbursable; Eligible, Not

Reimbursable; Ineligible, and Pending; not user

editable; Defaults to ‘Pending’; the Eligibility

Status that is determined in FSFN will be the

Eligibility Status and once the “Complete

Determination” process has been completed, the

Initial Determination tab becomes frozen and no

longer user modifiable; AFCARS value.

Effective From Begin Date from which the eligibility status is

effective; system defaulted from the placement

begin date of the first placement; user editable;

required.

Entry Date The system date when the eligibility information is

initially entered; system derived from current

system date when the ‘Save’ button is first

selected; not user editable; required; defaults to

00/00/0000.

Date AFDC Applies Pre-fills with the Date of Voluntary Placement

Agreement documented on the Out of Home

Placement associated with the beginning of the

Removal Episode. This field is not required but the

Eligibility Determination will automatically be

Ineligible if this field is null

Date Completed The system date when the initial determination is

completed; system derived from system date when

‘Complete Determination’ is selected from the

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Actions panel; not user editable; defaults to

00/00/0000.

Determination Complete Check box to indicate that the initial eligibility

determination is complete, and information cannot

be changed; system derived when the ‘Complete

Determination’ is selected from the Actions panel;

not user editable; defaults to unchecked. (OCA

Reimbursement Allocation batch will only look at

completed determinations. See FM04

Reimbursement and Claiming for Details)

Determination Voided Check box to indicate that the initial eligibility

determination and all subsequent redeterminations

are voided; system derived when the “Void

Determination” process is completed; 2 steps are

required to complete the “Void Determination”

process; Submit Void Determination is the first

step and Void Determination is the second step;

selections are made from the Actions panel.

Date Voided The system date when the Initial Determination is

voided; system derived from system date when

‘Void Determination’ is selected from the Actions

panel; not user editable; defaults to 00/00/0000.

Determination N/A User selected check box to indicate that the initial

eligibility determination is not applicable; defaults

to unchecked. When check box is checked, the

‘Reason’ text field is enabled and required. NOTE:

There is no background processing associated with

this flag. It does not prevent a redetermination, nor

does it impact how payments are processed and

OCAs applied.

Reason Reason for which the determination is not

applicable; enabled and required if ‘Determination

N/A’ check box is checked; user entered text field;

defaults to spaces. (75-character limit). NOTE:




OCAs applied.

Group Box: Initial Determination – VPA

Question 1 ‘Is the child under age 18? If Yes, go to question

2B. If No, Ineligible.’

Compares Date AFDC Applies to DOB to

determine if the participant is under 18 years old;

Date AFDC Applies must be populated for logic to

default answer; otherwise, the answer will not

populate. Defaults to ‘Yes’ if child’s age is less

than18 at time of Eligibility record creation;

Defaults to ‘No’ if child’s age is greater than or

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

equal to 18; at time of Eligibility record creation.

Not user editable.

Question 2B ‘Is the child a U.S. Citizen or a Qualified Non-

Citizen?’ If ‘Yes’, go to question 3. If No,

Ineligible.’ System derived from Person

Management; not user modifiable; pre-fills with

plain black text indicating one of the following

based on Person Management: Yes, U.S. Citizen;

Yes, Qualified Non-Citizen; or No; No displays if

Person Management either doesn't have a

Citizenship selected (null) or Non-Qualified, Non-

Citizen is selected; if Qualified Non-Citizen is

selected on Person Management, an additional

label "Non-Citizen ID:" is displayed in plain black

text and the associated Non-Citizen ID is

displayed.

Question 5A ‘Was the Voluntary Placement Agreement signed

by the child's parents or legal guardian and a

representative of the Department?’ This question

dynamically displays only when the "Manner of

removal was" is Voluntary; also change to system

derived from Out-of-Home Placement in the

following manner: if there is a Voluntary

Placement Agreement Date documented on Out-of-

Home Placement, derived as Yes; otherwise No;


Date of VPA This field pre-fills with the Date of Voluntary

Placement Agreement documented on the Out of

Home Placement associated with the beginning of

the removal episode; not user modifiable.

VPA Expiration Date System derived as the Date of VPA plus 179 days.

Not user modifiable.

Question 5B ‘For the Voluntary removal, was a judicial finding

made within 180 days of signing the VPA that it is

in the child’s best interest to remain in out of home

care?’ Yes, No, and Pending Judicial Finding user

selected radio buttons;

If "Yes" is selected, o the Date field is enabled and required o the select legal document hyperlink is

displayed, and the user is required to attach

the associated legal document.

If "No" is selected, the child is Ineligible, and the

date field is disabled and grayed out and the select

legal document hyperlink does not display.

If “Pending Judicial Finding” is selected,

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

o the Eligibility Determination can be

completed

o all other questions considered, will be

Eligible and Reimbursable.

If the Eligibility Determination is completed with

Pending Judicial Finding selected, then the Yes

radio button and the Date field will be disabled.

Date Displayed next to the Yes radio button.

MM/DD/YYYY format. Conditionally enabled and

required if Yes is selected.

Select Legal Document Conditionally displayed hyperlink next to the

Pending Judicial Finding radio button that only

displays if Yes is selected. Otherwise, if a response

is either No or Pending Judicial Finding, this

hyperlink will not display. Upon selecting the

hyperlink, the Select Legal Document pop-up page

displays the Legal Documents across ALL FSFN

cases that are associated with the child for whom

the eligibility is being documented; once a Legal

Document is selected and the user clicks Continue

from the Select Legal Document pop-up, the Select

Legal Document hyperlink will no longer display.

If a legal document is later de-linked by selecting

the De-Link Legal Document hyperlink, then the

Select Legal Document hyperlink will display once

again.

Legal Document Name Conditionally displayed hyperlink that only

displays on the screen if a Legal Document is

linked using the Select Legal Document hyperlink;

Otherwise, this hyperlink is not displayed; Upon

selecting the hyperlink, the appropriate Legal

Documentation page displays; This hyperlink will

continue to display even after the Initial

Determination is complete; The hyperlink name is

displayed as the Document Name that is selected

on the associated Legal Documentation page (i.e.

Custody and Placement – Motion and Order;

Shelter Order/ Order to Take into Custody, etc.).

If the legal document is later de-linked by selecting


Legal Document Name hyperlink will no longer

display.

De-Link Legal Document Conditionally displayed hyperlink that only

displays on the screen if a Legal Document has

been linked using the Select Legal Document

hyperlink; Otherwise this hyperlink is not

displayed; Once the Initial Determination is

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

referred to the supervisor, this hyperlink will no

longer display; If the supervisor refers the Initial

Determination back to the Eligibility Specialist,

this hyperlink will display once again; Upon

selecting the De-Link Legal Document hyperlink, a

validation prompt will display, asking the user if

he/she is sure they want to de-link the associated

Legal Document.

Question 6A ‘At the time of or within 6 calendar months of the

initiation of court proceedings, was the child living

with and removed from the home of a

parent/specified relative? If Yes, complete when

the child lived in such a home, name of

parent/relative, relationship to child, and go to

question 6B. If No, Ineligible.’ Upon selecting Yes

and entering a date, if the date entered is not either

in the same month as AFDC Month, within one of

the six months "prior to" the AFDC Month, or after

the AFDC Month, the following validation

message displays: The date entered for Question

6A is not within 6 calendars months of the

initiation of court proceedings. Please either select

No or enter a valid date, whichever is applicable.

User editable; No Default value; conditionally

required to submit for supervisor review.

Date Last Lived with

Parent/Specified Relative

Date field that is conditionally enabled and

required upon selecting Yes to Question 6A; This

field can only be a current, past date, or date that is

after the AFDC date; does not accept future dates.

Relationship to Child User select dropdown; enabled and not required; if

the ‘Yes’ radio button is selected.

Removed from Relative’s

Name

The name of the parent or specified relative the

child was living with and removed from. System

derived if the relationship selected is the same as

selected on the Basic tab. Or the user can search

the person through the search hyperlink located to

the right of the text field. Field is enabled if ‘Yes’

is selected from question 6B, but not required.

Question 6B ‘At the time of removal, was the child deprived of

parental support? If Yes, indicate deprivation type.

If No, Ineligible’; user selected radio button with

the options of ‘Yes’ and ‘No’; if Yes is selected,

Deprivation Type is required. This question will

automatically default to ‘Yes’ when entering the

AFDC month and saving only if two parents are

selected on the basic tab and the Deprivation Type

is Underemployment or Unemployment based on

the logic below for Deprivation Type.

Deprivation Type The deprivation type is conditionally enabled and

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

required if Yes is selected; otherwise disabled and

grayed out; contains the following values: Absence

of Mother; Absence of Father; Absence of Both

Parents; Death; Documented disability or

incapacity; Single Parent Adoption; Termination of

Parental Rights; Unemployment parent; and

Underemployment parent. The associated Reason

for Mother and Reason for Father associated drop

downs will dynamically display based on the

selected Deprivation Type - therefore, only if

Absence of Both Parents is selected will both drop

downs with associated text fields be displayed; if

Absence of Mother is selected only the Reason for

Mother drop down is displayed; if Absence of

Father is selected only the Reason for Father drop

down is displayed; if any other values are selected,

neither drop down is displayed.

Deprivation Type will automatically populate

Underemployment or Unemployment only if two

parents are selected on the basic tab and employs

the following logic:

The Principal Earner (PE) is determined by

calculating the total income made within the 24

months preceding the AFDC month. If the earned

income starts or stops within a month, and the type

of income is weekly, bi-weekly or twice a month,

the same logic utilized for Question 7 is applied

(see Section 5) and will determine if monthly

conversion or calculation based on number of

weeks is used.

After determining which parent is the principal

earner for the last 24 calendar months, their

employment has to be within 1 year of the AFDC

month and they had to have worked at least 6

quarters of the last 13 quarters as of the AFDC

month or received unemployment (unearned

income) within 1 year of the AFDC month; a

quarter of work equals 3 consecutive calendar

months ending 3/31, 6/30, 9/30 or 12/31 and must

total at least $50 earned in a quarter.

Based on the AFDC date, FSFN looks at the

quarter in which the AFDC date falls, not including

the AFDC quarter. It will first look at the prior 13

quarters and determine if the PWE meets 6 of 13

quarters (must make at least $50 in a quarter, to

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

count a quarter). If they do not meet this, the 13-

quarter count will begin an additional quarter back.

This loop will go back a total of 4 quarters prior to

the quarter in which the AFDC falls. The loop

stops once the logic hits a 13-quarter cycle that

meets the 6 quarter criteria.

If the principal earner meets the above criteria and

they have not worked for the previous 30 days

prior (within 30 days) to the AFDC

month/day/year, Unemployment will populate for

Deprivation Type.

If the principal earner meets to above criteria and

they are working less than 100 hours in the AFDC

month or has worked/projected (no end date on

Employment record) to work more than 100 hours

in the AFDC month but did not work more than

100 hours in each of the 2 prior months before the

AFDC month, Underemployment will populate for

Deprivation Type.

Once the Deprivation Type has been system

derived and populated, this field will be disabled,

grayed out, and not user modifiable.

Reason for Mother Enabled and required Reason drop down when the

user selects Deprivation Type: "Absence of

Mother" or "Absence of Both Parents"; values

include Abandonment, Death, Divorce,

Incarceration, Other and Paternity Not Established.

No Label Conditionally enabled and required alphanumeric

text field when Other is selected from the Reason

drop down; otherwise disabled and grayed out; 250

characters.

No Label System derived based on if Absence of Mother,

Absence of Father or Absence of Both Parents is

selected; if Absence of Both Parents is selected,

both the Mother and Father will display; Mother

and Father are system derived based on the

Additional tab of the child's Person Management

record; the Mother and Father labels will NOT

display unless one of the 3 values identified is

selected; likewise, if only one is identified as

absent, only that applicable label will display.

Reason for Father Enabled and required Reason drop down when the

user selects Deprivation Type: "Absence of Father"

or "Absence of Both Parents"; values include

Abandonment, Death, Divorce, Incarceration,

Other and Paternity Not Established.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228




characters.






Additional tab of the child's Person Management

record; the Mother and Father labels will NOT

display unless one of the 3 values identified is

selected; likewise, if only one is identified as

absent, only that applicable label will display.

Expando Questions 7 – 10 ** For more information on Assistance Group /

Standard Filing Unit, please refer to the AFDC

Income Calculations section in this topic paper.

Group Box: Assistance Group/Standard

Filing Unit Information

Assistance Group System derived based on the participants selected

in Assistance Group on the Basic tab; disabled and

grayed out; not user modifiable.

Standard Filing Unit (SFU) Field is system derived from stored SFU

calculation procedure; family size based on

participants in Assistance Group.

Step 1: System derived from the Assets and Employment


This is the resulting amount that is compared to the

CNS @ 185% and is the Total SFU Income &

Applied Income Amount.



This is the resulting amount that is compared to the

CNS @ 100% and is the Total SFU Income &

Applied Income Amount.

Assets System derived from the Assets and Employment


The amount will determine the answer to Question

8. Default to ‘No’ if amount is greater than

$10,000. Defaults to ‘Yes’ if amount is less than or

equal to $10,000.

For more information, please see Section 5 on

AFDC Calculations in this topic paper.

Question 7 ‘Is the family’s income less than the Consolidated

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Need Standard for the Standard Filing Unit (SFU)?

If No, Ineligible.’ System derived radio button of

‘Yes’ or ‘No’ calculated based on the amounts in

Step 1 and Step 2 compared against the CNS

guidelines; disabled and grayed out; not user

modifiable.

Question 8 ‘Are the family’s total assets less than $10,000?’ If

No, Ineligible.’ System derived radio button of

‘Yes’ or ‘No’ calculated based on the amount

documented in the Assets field; disabled and



Removal Episode

This table lists all placements for the child in the

current removal episode based on the IV-E

Effective From date while the Title IV-E is

Pending, except for placements ended for the

reason ‘Made in Error’; Placements added through

Placement Correction will also display if the Title

IV-E is Pending.

From The beginning date of the placement. System

derived from the placement begin date value on the

Out of Home Placement page; not user editable.

To The end date of the placement. System derived

from the placement end date value on the Out of

Home Placement page; not user editable.

Placement Name The name of the placement provider. System

derived from the provider name on the Out of


Reimbursable System derived check box to show whether the

placement is reimbursable or not. System derived

as checked based on the Provider having an active

license for the specific Service Type as of the

Effective Date; otherwise not checked. Not user

editable. If the Provider no longer has an active

license but the Placement has not changed, the

status will show as Not-Reimbursable.

Licensed System derived check box identifies whether the

placement provider’s license is applicable to

provide services for the child and shows the status.

System pre-fills the license status from the

Provider License page based on if the provider has

an active License for the specific Service Type the

child is placed in as of the Effective Date;

otherwise not checked. Not user editable.

License Effective The License Begin Date of the license which

appears in the Licensed column; system derived

from the Provider License page. Not user editable.

License End The License End Date of the license which appears

in the Licensed column; system derived from the

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Provider License page. Not user editable.

Service Type Displays the Service Type of the placement listed.

System derived from the Out of Home Placement


Question 9 ‘Is the child receiving SSI? If Yes, Not

Reimbursable.’ System derived as Yes based on

the child having Unearned Income documented on

Assets & Employment with a Type of

"Supplemental Security Income (SSI)" as of the

Initial Determination Effective Date where the

Effective End Date is "null" or has not passed;

otherwise, system derived as No; not user

modifiable.

SSI Begin Date System derived; if Yes was derived from Assets &

Employment, derived where the Unearned Income

"Type" is Supplemental Security Income (SSI) and

populates with the Effective Start Date; not user

modifiable.

AFDC Criteria 'Does the child meet the AFDC criteria that were in

effect as of July 16, 1996 at the time of removal

from the home? If No, Ineligible.’ System derived,

disabled and grayed out based on the selections

already made as follows: System derived as Yes if

all of the following questions are Yes: Question 1

Question 2B, Question 6A, Question 6B, Question

7 and Question 8; Otherwise, system derived as

No. Additionally, AFDC Criteria is not met, and

the answer will be No if the Removal Address is

outside the State of Florida.


Fields: Eligibility Notes User editable until the Determination is completed;

1000-character limit; not required.






• For information on Background Processing pertaining to AFDC Income Calculations, Standard

Filing Unit, and the Budgeting Process, please refer to Section 5 in this topic paper.

• The Initial Determination will refresh each time the page is launched while in Pending.

• For Question 1 on the IV-E FC Eligibility page – Initial Determination tab, the Date AFDC

Applies is compared to DOB to determine if they are under 18 years old. Question 1 will remain

unanswered until the Date AFDC Applies is populated

• If Yes is selected for Question 5B but no date is entered, upon attempting to save the following

validation message displays:

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

• Please enter data on Initial Determination Tab – Question 5B Pending Judicial Date.

• For Question 5B, the date entered should be within 180 days after the date of the VPA. If the date

entered falls outside of the 180 days, the validation message displays:

• The response to Question 5B is not within 180 days of the VPA Date. Please enter a valid

date prior to saving the page.

• Upon selecting the Refer/ Return to Supervisor hyperlink, if Yes is selected for Question 5B, the

system will validate that a Legal Document has been linked. If a Legal Document has not been

linked the following validation message is displayed:

o A Legal Document must be linked in relation to Question 5B. Please make the necessary

updates. <Close>

• If no date is entered for Question 6A and the user attempts to save, the following validation

message will display:

• Please enter data on Initial Determination Tab – Question 6A Date last lived with

parent/relative.

• For Question 6A, upon selecting Yes and entering a date, if the date entered is not either in the same

month as AFDC Month, within one of the six months "prior to" the AFDC Month, or after the AFDC

Month, the following validation message displays:

• The date entered for Question 6A is not within 6 calendars months of the initiation of court

proceedings. Please either select No or enter a valid date, whichever is applicable.



• Please enter data on Initial Determination Tab – Deprivation Type.





• If ‘Absence of Mother is selected for Question 6B and a user attempts to save, the following



• If ‘Absence of Father is selected for Question 6B and a user attempts to save, the following



• Question 6B can either be user selected or system derived. Question 6B will automatically default to

‘Yes” when entering the AFDC month and saving only if two parents are selected on the basic tab

and the Deprivation Type is Underemployment or Unemployment based on the logic below for

Deprivation Type.

• Deprivation Type will automatically populate Underemployment or Unemployment only if two

parents are selected on the basic tab and employs the following logic

• The Principal Earner (PE) is determined by calculating the total income made within the

24 months preceding the AFDC month. If the earned income starts or stops within a

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

month, and the type of income is weekly, bi-weekly or twice a month, the same logic

utilized for Question 7 is applied (see Section 5) and will determine if monthly

conversion or calculation based on number of weeks is used.

• After determining which parent is the principal earner for the last 24 calendar months,

their employment has to be within 1 year of the AFDC month and they had to have

worked at least 6 quarters of the last 13 quarters as of the AFDC month or received

unemployment (unearned income) within 1 year of the AFDC month; a quarter of work

equals 3 consecutive calendar months ending 3/31, 6/30, 9/30 or 12/31 and must total at

least $50 earned in a quarter.

• Based on the AFDC date, FSFN looks at the quarter in which the AFDC date falls, not

including the AFDC quarter. It will first look at the prior 13 quarters and determine if the

PWE meets 6 of 13 quarters (must make at least $50 in a quarter, to count a quarter). If

they do not meet this, the 13-quarter count will begin an additional quarter back. This

loop will go back a total of 4 quarters prior to the quarter in which the AFDC falls. The

loop stops once the logic hits a 13-quarter cycle that meets the 6 quarter criteria.

• If the principal earner meets the above criteria and they have not worked for the previous

30 days prior (within 30 days) to the AFDC month/day/year, Unemployment will

populate for Deprivation Type.

• If the principal earner meets to above criteria and they are working less than 100 hours in

the AFDC month or has worked/projected (no end date on Employment record) to work

more than 100 hours in the AFDC month but did not work more than 100 hours in each

of the 2 prior months before the AFDC month, Underemployment will populate for

Deprivation Type.

• Once the Deprivation Type has been system derived and populated, this field will be

disabled, grayed out, and not user modifiable.


• In the Placements in Current Removal Episode table, the current placement will be not checked as

reimbursable if the provider with whom the child is placed has a CCA License Type with a Sub-

Type of "Public Institution > 25 beds".

• Voluntary Initial Determination statuses:

o An Eligible and Reimbursable Determination status is obtained if the child meets the

following criteria:

• Questions 1, 2B, 5A, 6B, 7, 8 and AFDC Criteria are system derived = Yes;

• Question 5B is user selected as = Yes or Pending Judicial Finding;

• Question 6A is user selected = Yes

• Question 9 is system derived = No AND

• The provider is licensed for service at the time of placement “as of” the Effective

Date;

o An Eligible, Not-Reimbursable Determination status is obtained if the child meets the

following criteria:

• Questions 1, 2B, 5A, 6B, 7, 8 and AFDC Criteria are system derived = Yes;

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

• Question 5B is user selected as = Yes or Pending Judicial Finding;

• Question 6A is user selected = Yes

• Question 9 is system derived = Yes OR

• The provider is not licensed for service at the time of placement “as of” the

Effective Date;

o The “Pending Judicial Finding” selection is explained further in Section 2.4.2 Question

5B.

o If the license is "on hold" as of the Effective Date of the determination, FSFN will still


o Anything other than the above combinations in the previous two bullet points for Eligible

and Reimbursable or Eligible, Not Reimbursable will make the child Ineligible.









initiated when selecting the Close button, and then answering ‘Yes’ when the system asks the user if

they would like to ‘Save changes before closing the page.’

• The Date AFDC Applies is not required when saving a Title IV-E Foster Care Eligibility page.


null.

• The ‘Effective From’ date is - required to initially save the page. Based on the responses for the

questions on the ‘Initial Determination’ tab, various fields may also be required. If any of these fields

are null, the user will receive an error validation stating, ‘Please enter data in the fields which are

highlighted - <field name>.’ upon attempting to submit the Initial Determination for supervisor

review.

• If the ‘Effective From’ date value is prior to the ‘IV-E Removal Date’ on save processing, the user

will receive an error message stating, ‘Effective From date cannot be before the Title IV- E Foster

Care Removal Date.’


• If the initial determination is not completed (ELIGIBILITY.dt_cmplt = null), all placements that are

marked ‘Applicable’ will be saved in the EPISODE.fl_applic field.

• If the initial determination is completed (ELIGIBILITY.dt_cmplt <> null), all placements where

EPISODE.fl_applic = ‘Y’ are saved in ELIG_EPISODE table. Once the determination is completed,

only the applicable placements are displayed.

• When the user selects the ‘Submit Void Determination’ action on the Initial tab, a pop-up message is

displayed that states ‘This will void out the Initial Eligibility Determination and all associated

Eligibility Redetermination records. Do you want to continue?’ If the user selects ‘No’, the user is

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

returned to the page. If the user selects ‘Yes’, the page is saved, and the Determination Voided check

box is checked once the second step has been completed. Additionally, all redetermination records

are disabled.

• Requires two levels of review. Regardless of the initial workers security profile level a

second review must be completed by another user with at least a level 3 security profile.

• If Refer/Return to Supervisor action is selected, the Medicaid Eligibility Record is created if one

does not exist for the child and case.

• If Complete Determination action is selected by the supervisor, and successfully processed, the


• The Date Screening Completed Date field is filled with the current system date


• The Complete Determination check box is checked (ELIGIBILITY.fl_cmplt)

• The questions on the Initial Determination tab are disabled.

• The current worker ID is saved to the field ELIGIBILITY.id_st_apprval.

• The timestamp is saved to the field ELIGIBILITY.dt_cmplt.

• If the Void Determination process has been completed from the Initial tab (2 step process), then:

• The Initial determination and all its redeterminations are flagged as voided.

• The Basic, Initial, and ‘Redeterminations’ tabs and any templates accessed from those

tabs are no longer modifiable. The Search hyperlinks on the tabs are not available. Within

the Actions panel, the ‘Complete Determination’ and ‘Void Determination’ selections are

not available. Within the Actions panel on the ‘Redeterminations’ tab, the Complete

Redetermination selection is not available. Within the Actions panel, the templates from

both the Basic and the Initial Determination tabs are View Only.

• A new pending Initial Title IV-E Eligibility row is created for the child.

• The user will receive the following message when they are the original user that

submitted the void determination and are attempting to complete the second step in the

void determination process: “In order to void an eligibility determination, two different

users must void the determination regardless of security profile.”

2.4.5 CRUD Matrix

Table C R U D

ELIGIBILITY X X

PERSON X

EPISODE X

ELIG_EPISODE X X X

PROVIDER_ORG X

ELIG_REDET X X X

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

2.5 Tab – Redeterminations (Court Ordered)

2.5.1 Tab Overview

The Redeterminations tab displays the history of all Title IV-E Eligibility Redeterminations for the

child’s removal episode. Until a Redetermination row is inserted, the questions on the tab are disabled and

grayed out. A pending Redetermination record is created by auto-generation or by clicking the Insert

button, entering the Effective Date, and saving. Once a Redetermination row is inserted and saved, the

Insert button is disabled and will be enabled again after the Redetermination is completed. If the Initial

Determination is Ineligible or a Redetermination is Ineligible, the Insert button will remain disabled and

grayed out. The Eligibility Specialists can manually insert rows anywhere in the table on the

Redeterminations tab under the following logic:

• All subsequent Redeterminations must be auto-voided when a completed Ineligible

Redetermination is inserted.

• If a Redetermination is Ineligible, there should not be an additional Redetermination.

• The rows in the table will automatically sort newest to oldest by the Effective From date column

when a Redetermination row is inserted and saved.

The Redetermination will refresh each time the page is launched while in pending.

The first group box displays the determinations in reverse chronological order with corresponding radio

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

buttons for selection and viewing. The group box includes a repeating table containing the following:

Eligibility Determination, Effective From, Entry Date, Completed, Date Completed, Void

Redetermination, Void Date, Status Change, and an Insert button. Below the group box are eligibility

redetermination questions with a Placement in Current Removal Episode repeating table inside a group

box that contains the following: From, To, Placement Name, Reimbursable, Licensed, Licensed Effective,

Licensed End, and Service Type. Finally, there is an Eligibility Notes Expando that displays a text

narrative field once expanded.

To review the answers to a specific set of redetermination questions, the worker selects the

appropriate radio button to the left of the redetermination record in the top group box. The question and

associated answers will pre-fill in the bottom group box. All completed redetermination records will be in

view only mode. This same functionality works when the Eligibility Specialist searches for a case as well.

If the worker performs a search for a case and accesses the Title IV-E within that search, they can select

the radio button for any of the listed Redeterminations and display its information. It is possible to select

and display each Redeterminations row one at a time from Search.

The pending redetermination on the ‘Redeterminations’ tab will be editable only by Eligibility Specialists

based on their security profile. Access to this tab will also be available for all other workers who

have assignments to the case in view only mode, based on their security profile, through the desktop

within the Eligibility tab under the associated case.

Once the Redetermination is completed, the associated Placements in Current Removal Episode table and

related fields will freeze and no longer update. If the page is returned from the Eligibility Supervisor




Fields: Eligibility Determination System-derived radio buttons with four selections:



editable; defaults to ‘Pending’. The Eligibility Status

that is determined in FSFN will be the Eligibility

Status and once the “Complete Redetermination”

process has been completed, the fields associated with

that specific Redetermination, when its associated

radio button is selected, becomes frozen and no longer

user modifiable; AFCARS value.


effective; user editable; required.


initially entered; system derived from current system

date when the ‘Save’ button is first selected; not user

editable; required; defaults to 00/00/0000.

Completed? Indicates that the eligibility redetermination is

complete, and information cannot be modified;

System derived to ‘Yes’ if the Complete

Redetermination action has been selected and

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

processed; not user editable; Defaults to blank. (OCA


completed determinations. See FM04 Reimbursement

and Claiming for Details)

Date Completed The system date when the Redetermination is


‘Complete Redetermination’ is selected from the

Actions. panel; not user editable; defaults to

00/00/0000.

Submit Void / Void

Redetermination

Conditionally displayed hyperlink in association with

the specific Redetermination row that displays once

the Redetermination is completed. Upon clicking the

Submit Void hyperlink, a prompt displays indicating

that submitting the void will void the redetermination

and all redetermination records after the effective date

with a Yes/No selection. Once Yes is selected on the

prompt, the hyperlink displays as Void Determination.

Clicking the Void Determination hyperlink displays a

similar prompt with a Yes/No selection. Both the

Submit Void and the Void Determination steps must

be completed before the Redetermination is

successfully voided. .

Void Date The system date when the Redetermination is voided;

system derived from the system date when ‘Void

Redetermination’ is selected; Populates with the

applicable date when one or more Redetermination

records are successfully voided; not user editable;


Status Change (View hyperlink) Launches the Eligibility Status

Change page for the selected redetermination. Visible

for redeterminations that initially had the Status

Change page launched from the Actions panel.

Buttons: Insert Conditionally enabled button that will insert a pending

Redetermination row. Once a new row is inserted and

saved, the Insert button will be disabled and only

enabled once the Redetermination is completed. If the

Initial Determination is Ineligible or a

Redetermination is Ineligible, the Insert button will

remain disabled. If the Ineligible Redetermination is

subsequently voided, the Insert button becomes

enabled. If a pending Redetermination is voided

because of the placement being ended as made in

error, the Insert button will be enabled if the most

recent Redetermination or Initial Determination was

completed and not Ineligible.

Additionally, the Insert button is disabled once the

associated Removal Episode is discharged. The insert

button becomes enabled again if the discharged

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Removal is overridden and re-opened. Lastly, the

Episode End Date on the IV-E Eligibility record is

removed by the system if the Removal discharge is

overridden and if any changes are made to a

Placement Change.

Fields: Question 1 ‘Is the child under age 18? If No, Ineligible.’

System derived as ‘Yes’ if child’s age is less than 18

at the time of the Effective Date; system derived as

‘No’ if child’s age is greater than or equal to 18 as of

the ‘Effective From’ date; required.

Question 3 ‘Does the Court Order indicate the Department has

placement and care responsibility for the child? If No,

Eligible Non-Reimbursable.’

User selected radio button with the options of ‘Yes’ or

‘No’.

Select Legal Document Conditionally displayed hyperlink that only displays

on the screen if the answer to Question 3C on the

Initial Determination is No and Question 3 on the

Redetermination is Yes.; Otherwise, this hyperlink

will not display. A legal document must be linked in

order to refer the redetermination to the supervisor; If

a user does not link a legal document and attempts to

refer to the supervisor, they will receive a validation

message that a Legal Document must be linked for

Question 3.

Upon selecting the hyperlink, the Select Legal

Document pop-up page displays the Legal Documents

across ALL FSFN cases that are associated with the

child for whom the eligibility is being documented;

once a legal document is selected and the user clicks

Continue from the Select Legal Document pop-up, the

Select Legal Document hyperlink will no longer

display.

If a legal document is later de-linked by selected the

De-Link Legal Document hyperlink, the Select Legal

Document hyperlink will display once again.

Legal Document Name Conditionally displayed hyperlink that only displays

on the screen if a Legal Document is linked using the

Select Legal Document hyperlink; Otherwise, this

hyperlink is not displayed; Upon selecting the

hyperlink, the appropriate Legal Documentation page

displays; This hyperlink will continue to display even

after the Redetermination is complete; The hyperlink

name is displayed as the Document Name that is

selected on the associated Legal Documentation page

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

(i.e. Custody and Placement – Motion and Order;





display.

De-Link Legal Document Conditionally displayed hyperlink that only displays

on the screen if a Legal Document has been linked

using the Select Legal Document hyperlink; Otherwise

this hyperlink is not displayed; Once the

Redetermination is referred to the supervisor, this

hyperlink will no longer display; If the supervisor

refers the Redetermination back to the Eligibility

Specialist, this hyperlink will display once again;

Upon selecting the De-Link Legal Document

hyperlink, a validation prompt will display, asking the

user if he/she is sure they want to de-link the


Question 4 ‘Is there a court order or Official Court Transcript

containing a finding that reasonable efforts to finalize

permanency plan (REFPP) within the first 12 months

from the child's removal and every 12 months from

the Latest REFPP finding? If No, Eligible, Not

Reimbursable.’

User selected radio button with the options of ‘Yes’,

‘No’ and N/A.

NOTE: N/A is used when 12 months has not elapsed.

Date The Date field is conditionally enabled and required if

‘Yes’ is selected to Question 4.

If it is the first Redetermination where Question 4 =

Yes, then the date must be within 13 months of the

Removal Begin Date or the Prior Redetermination

where Question 4 = No must exist.

If there is a prior Redetermination where Question 4=

Yes and the date field does not exist, the date must be

within 13 months of the Effective From date of the

Redeterminations where Q4 is Yes but no date field

exists.

If it is not the first Redetermination where Question 4

= Yes, the date must be within 13 months of the most

recent date entered for Question 4 that was Yes or the

prior Redetermination where Question 4 = No must

exist after the last Redetermination where Question 4

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

= Yes.

Select Legal Document Conditionally displayed hyperlink that only displays

on the screen if the answer to Question 4 = Yes;

Otherwise, this hyperlink will not display; A legal

document must be linked in order to refer the

redetermination to the supervisor; If a user does not

link a legal document and attempts to refer to the

supervisor, they will receive a validation message that

a Legal Document must be linked for Question 4.

Upon selecting the hyperlink, the Select Legal

Document pop-up page displays the Legal Documents

across ALL FSFN cases that are associated with the

child for whom the eligibility is being documented;

once a Legal Document is selected and the user clicks

Continue from the Select Legal Document pop-up, the

Select Legal Document hyperlink will no longer

display.

If a legal document is later de-linked by selecting the

De-Link Legal Document hyperlink, then the Select

Legal Document hyperlink will display once again.

Legal Document Name Conditionally displayed hyperlink that only displays

on the screen if a Legal Document is linked using the

Select Legal Document hyperlink; Otherwise, this

hyperlink is not displayed; Upon selecting the

hyperlink, the appropriate Legal Documentation page

displays; This hyperlink will continue to display even

after the Redetermination is complete; The hyperlink

name is displayed as the Document Name that is

selected on the associated Legal Documentation page

(i.e. Custody and Placement – Motion and Order;





display.

De-Link Legal Document Conditionally displayed hyperlink that only displays

on the screen if a Legal Document has been linked

using the Select Legal Document hyperlink; Otherwise

this hyperlink is not displayed; Once the

Redetermination is referred to the supervisor, this

hyperlink will no longer display; If the supervisor

refers the Redetermination back to the Eligibility

Specialist, this hyperlink will display once again;

Upon selecting the De-Link Legal Document

hyperlink, a validation prompt will display, asking the

user if he/she is sure they want to de-link the

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228


Question 5 ‘As of the Redetermination Effective Date, is the child

receiving SSI? If Yes, Eligible, Non Reimbursable.’

System derived as ‘Yes’ if the child has Assets &

Employment with Unearned Income with a Type of

"Supplemental Security Income (SSI)"; otherwise, no.

SSI Begin Date The date the child began receiving SSI benefits.

System derived based on the following: if the

participant has an Assets & Employment record with

Unearned Income of "Supplemental Security Income

(SSI)", then populates with the Effective Date;

otherwise null; disabled and grayed out.


Removal Episode

This group table lists all placements in the current

removal episode for the child based on the IV-E

Effective From date while the Title IV-E is pending;

does not include placements ended for reason “Made

in Error”; Placements added through Placement

Correction will also display if the Title IV-E is

Pending

From The beginning date of the placement. System derived

from the placement begin date value on the Out of


To The end date of the placement. System derived from

the placement end date value on the Out of Home


Placement Name The name of the placement provider. System derived

from the provider name on the Out of Home



placement is reimbursable or not. System derived as

checked based on the Provider having an active



editable. If the Provider no longer has an active license

but the Placement has not changed, the status will

show as Not-Reimbursable.

Licensed System derived checkbox to show whether the

placement provider’s license is applicable to provide

services for the child and shows the status. System

pre-fills the license status from the Provider License

page based on if the Provider has an active license for

the specific Service Type the child is placed in as of

the Effective Date; otherwise not checked. Not user

editable.

License Effective The most current date of a valid Provider’s License;

system derived from the Provider License page.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

License End The date the Provider’s current license has/will expire;






Fields: Eligibility Notes User entered text narrative field. 1000-character limit.

User editable until the redetermination is completed;

not required; no default






• The Redetermination will remain in Pending status until all questions on the tab have an answer

and will refresh each time the page is launched while the Redetermination is Pending.

• If an Effective Date is entered that is prior to the IV-E Removal Date, upon attempting to save the


• Effective From Date cannot be before the Title IV-E Foster Care Removal Date.

• If an Effective Date is entered that is prior to the Effective Date of the Initial Determination, the


• The Effective Date of the Redetermination cannot be prior to the Effective Date of the

Initial Determination.

• Upon selecting the Select Legal Document hyperlink, the Select Legal Document pop-up page is

displayed. Once a Legal Document has been selected on the Select Legal Document pop-up page

and the user returns to the IV-E Foster Care Eligibility page by clicking the Continue button on

the Select Legal Document pop-up page, the IV-E Foster Care Eligibility page will automatically

refresh and the Select Legal Document hyperlink will no longer display, the <Legal Document

Name> hyperlink will now display, and the De-Link Legal Document hyperlink will now display.

• If the user closes the Select Legal Document pop-up page by clicking the Close button, upon

returning to the IV-E Foster Care Eligibility page, a Legal Document will NOT be linked,

and the Select Legal Document hyperlink will continue to be the only hyperlink displayed in

association with Question 4, whichever is applicable.

• If the user accessing the IV-E Foster Care Eligibility page does not have “update” security

for the Select Legal Document pop-up page, the standard security message will be displayed

indicating that the user does not have the appropriate security for this function.

• Upon selecting the <Legal Document Name> hyperlink, the associated Legal Documentation

page will display in view only mode and the user will be able to access any attached imaging

pages through the View Attached Images hyperlink or access the associated Text Template.

• If the user accessing the Redeterminations tab of the IV-E Foster Care Eligibility page

does not have the security to view the Legal Documentation page, upon clicking the

<Legal Document Name> hyperlink the standard security message will be displayed

indicating the user doesn’t have the security to view the page.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

• Upon selecting the De-Link Legal Document hyperlink, if displayed based on the identified logic

in Footnote 6, the following validation prompt is displayed:

• Are you sure you wish to de-link the associated Legal Document? <Yes><No>

• Upon selecting Yes, the IV-E Foster Care Eligibility page will automatically refresh and

the <Legal Document Name> hyperlink will no longer be displayed, the De-Link Legal

Document hyperlink will no longer be displayed, and the Select Legal Document

hyperlink will display once again for the user to link the appropriate Legal Document.

• Upon selecting No the user will be returned to the IV-E Foster Care Eligibility page and

the <Legal Document Name> hyperlink will continue to display; the De-Link Legal

Document hyperlink will continue to display, and the Select Legal Document hyperlink

will continue to NOT display.

• Once the Redetermination is referred to the supervisor, the only hyperlink that will display is the

<Legal Document Name> hyperlink. If the supervisor reviewing the determination determines

that the associated Legal Document needs to be de-linked, the Redetermination must be returned

to the Eligibility Specialist and then the De-Link Legal Document hyperlink will display once

again.

• Once the Redetermination is complete, the only hyperlink that will display is the <Legal

Document Name> hyperlink.

• If Question 4 is Yes and the user attempts to save without entering a date, the following


• Please complete all required fields prior to saving the page.

• The date field on the Redetermination tab next to Question 4 is conditionally enabled and

required if ‘Yes’ is selected. This date must meet the following logic:

• If ‘No’ is selected for any Redetermination, meaning that there is no court order nor an

Official Court Transcript containing a REFPP finding, then no date validation is required.

The date field will be disabled.

• If ‘Yes’ is selected and it is the first Redetermination where there is a court order or an

Official Court Transcript containing an REFPP finding, then the date must be within 13

months of the IV-E Rmvl Date. If the date is greater than 13 months from the IV-E Rmvl

Date, the following validation message displays:

▪ The response to Question 4 indicates a potential gap in Reimbursability. Please

update responses.

• If prior Redetermination does not have the date field for Question 4, it uses the Effective

From date. If ‘Yes’ is selected and it is not the first Redetermination where there is a

court order or an Official Court Transcript containing an REFPP finding, then the date

must be within 13 months of the Effective From date documented on Question 4, of the

last ‘Yes’ Redetermination where there was an REFPP finding. If the date is greater than

13 months from the Effective From date, the following validation message displays

▪ “The response to Question 4 indicates a potential gap in Reimbursability. Please

update responses.”

• Upon selecting the Refer/ Return to Supervisor hyperlink, if Yes is selected for Question 4 the

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

• A Legal Document must be linked in relation to Question 4. Please make the necessary

updates. <Close>

• If Question 4 on the Initial Determination is Yes and the child is Eligible and Not Reimbursable,

and the date is not in the same month and year as the Removal Begin Date, upon competition of

the Initial Determination, FSFN will automatically create a Redetermination row and will

automatically be completed by FSFN. For more information see Section 2.7.




• Upon completion of the Initial Eligibility, when a child moves from a licensed to a non-licensed

placement or from a non-licensed to a licensed placement within the removal episode and that

placement was approved, a Redetermination row will be auto-generated. FSFN will flag the row

as "autogenerated" in the database. The approval process must occur before the Redetermination

row is autogenerated. It will not autogenerate if the placement was submitted for approval. The

Effective Date of the autogenerated Redetermination will equal the Placement Begin Date of new

placement. There are two instances where no auto Redetermination row should be created: o In scenarios when the License closes due to a new address. The provider is still licensed;

however, the license needs to be associated with the new address; and o If the most recent Eligibility Redetermination is INELIGIBLE (completed) and is NOT

VOIDED.

• If the child is initially placed in a licensed Placement and determined Eligible and Reimbursable

for the Initial Determination, but upon doing a Redetermination the child’s placement has

changed and is currently in a non-licensed Placement upon documenting the Redetermination,

FSFN must make the child Not-Reimbursable if determined Eligible regardless if based on the

answers to the questions the child is Eligible and Reimbursable. The same logic applies vice versa

in the event the child is initially Eligible and Not-Reimbursable because of being in a non-

licensed Placement, but upon documenting the Redetermination the child is currently in a

licensed Placement. The child would then be Eligible and Reimbursable for the Redetermination,

if the questions answered result in Eligible and Reimbursable.

o NOTE: Current functionality is such that when Title IV-E Foster Care Eligibility is

created because of a Private Adoption, the Eligibility Determination is based solely on

the responses to the questions on the Initial Determination and Redeterminations tabs and

the Private Adoption page does not make the child Not-Reimbursable. Therefore, if the

child is Eligible and Reimbursable based on the responses, the child will be Eligibility

and Reimbursable still, even if created because of Private Adoption.

• If a placement change results in a Redetermination that is later Made in Error, FSFN will only

void the Redetermination row that was generated as a result of the placement change made in

error. Other Redetermination rows will not be voided.

• For Redeterminations autogenerated by placement changes (from a licensed to an unlicensed

placement or an unlicensed placement to a licensed placement), the questions will auto populate

as follows:

o Question 1 – Child’s age as of Effective From date.

o Question 3 –Yes or No based on selection of previous Redetermination

o Question 4 – Yes, No, or N/A based on selection of previous Redetermination

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

o Question 5 – Maintain system logic.

• When FSFN autogenerates a new Redetermination from a placement:

• If a previous non-voided Redetermination exists, then Question 3 from the previous

Redetermination row will copy to Question 3 of the new Redetermination row.

Otherwise, it will copy from Question 3C on the Initial Determination tab.

• N/A will be selected for Question 4 on the autogenerated Redetermination when:

▪ Question 4 on the previous Redetermination is N/A;

▪ Question 4 date is not in the same month/year on the Initial Determination tab

and it is Eligible, Not-Reimbursable;

▪ The placement moves from a non-licensed to licensed placement, regardless of

whether or not a previous Redetermination exists.

• Yes will be selected for Question 4 on all autogenerated Redeterminations when there is a

previous Redetermination where Question 4 = Yes.

• No will be selected for Question 4 on the autogenerated Redetermination when there is a

previous Redetermination where Question 4 = No.

• For a child placed with a provider who has a documented history of non-compliance with

Background Screening Safety Requirements for a full calendar month, FSFN enters a Title IV-E

Redetermination entry.

• Step 1: FSFN determines if the provider is out of compliance for a full calendar month

based on the Start Date and End Date of entries on the Person Provider Compliance

History page or the Organization Provider Compliance History page. This can occur

across multiple compliance history entries with an end date. If yes, continue to Step 2.

• Step 2: FSFN then looks at completed, non-voided determinations and determines if any

‘Eligible’ children were placed with this provider in a service type that requires a license

during the non-compliance month. FSFN determines if a Service Type requires a license

by looking at the License Required field on the Maintain Service page. If yes, continue to

Step 3.

• Step 3: FSFN inserts a completed and approved Title IV-E redetermination row with the

following:

▪ Eligibility Determination: ‘Eligible, Not-Reimbursable’

▪ Effective From: Start date of the placement. If placed at the start of the non-

compliance month, use first day of such month.

▪ Entry Date: Date system entered redetermination row

▪ Completed?: Yes

▪ Date Completed: Date system entered redetermination row

▪ Status Change: ‘Child not placed in reimbursable facility’

▪ Question 1: Answered based on DOB as of Effective From date

▪ Question 3: If a previous non-voided Redetermination exists based on Effective

From date, then Question 3 from the most current, prior Redetermination row

will copy to Question 3 of the new Redetermination row. Otherwise, it will copy

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

from Question 3C on the Initial Determination tab

▪ Question 4: N/A

▪ Question 5: System-derived as ‘Yes’ if the child has Assets & Employment with

Unearned Income with a Type of "Supplemental Security Income (SSI)" as of the

Effective From date; otherwise, no.

▪ Placement in Current Removal Episode: For the Provider with the non-

compliance history, Reimbursable checkbox is not selected

▪ Eligibility Notes: ‘System generated due to the provider’s non-compliance with

background screening safety requirements.’

• Step 4: At the end of the Provider’s non-compliance month, FSFN inserts a completed,

approved Redetermination entry for any IV-E Eligible child that was placed during the

non-compliant month. The following logic is used for the Redetermination:

▪ Eligibility Determination: ‘Eligible and Reimbursable’ (if all questions meet

criteria)

▪ Effective From: First date of the month after the full month of non-compliance or

the last day the child was placed with the Provider during the non-compliant

month


▪ Completed?: Yes


▪ Status Change: ‘Placed in a Reimbursable facility’

▪ Question 1: Answered based on DOB as of Effective From date

▪ Question 3: If a previous non-voided Redetermination exists based on Effective

From date, then Question 3 from the most current, prior Redetermination row

will copy to Question 3 of the new Redetermination row. Otherwise, it will copy

from Question 3C on the Initial Determination tab

▪ Question 4: N/A


Unearned Income with a Type of "Supplemental Security Income (SSI)" as of the

Effective From date; otherwise, no.

▪ Placement in Current Removal Episode: For the Provider that is compliant and

meets criteria, Reimbursable checkbox is selected

▪ Eligibility Notes: ‘System generated due to the provider’s compliance with

background screening safety requirements’

• Upon entering a manual Redetermination that is Title IV-E Eligible and Reimbursable based on

the eligibility status of the redetermination that is being completed, FSFN determines if the

child’s placement provider on the Effective Date has an open compliance entry. If the Provider

has an open non-compliance entry after the Effective From date of the Redetermination being

entered (meaning no End Date for the non-compliance row), the following validation message

displays when clicking the Refer/Return to Supervisor or Complete Redetermination hyperlink:

• “The child’s current provider is out of compliance for background screening safety

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

requirements. Do you want to proceed with the redetermination entry at this time?”

<Yes> <No>

If Yes is selected, the Title IV-E Redetermination is either referred to the supervisor or completed

based on the hyperlink selected. If No is selected, the user is returned to the Title IV-E page.

• Upon entering a manual Redetermination, FSFN compares the ‘Effective From’ date to the

child’s placement provider’s background screening compliance history page. If the provider was

not in compliance for the entire month in which the ‘Effective From’ date occurs, the Eligibility

determination status will be ‘Not Reimbursable’. FSFN also selects the check box for ‘Child not

placed in reimbursable facility’ on the Eligibility Status Change page and will not check the

Reimbursable flag on the provider row in the Placements in Current Removal Episode table.

• Court Ordered Redetermination statuses:

• An Eligible and Reimbursable Determination status is obtained if the child meets the

following criteria:

▪ Questions 1 and 3 = Yes;

▪ Question 4 = Yes or N/A;

▪ Question 5 = No AND

▪ The provider is licensed for service at the time of placement “as of " the Effective

Date;

• An Eligible, Not-Reimbursable Determination status is obtained if the child meets the

following criteria:

▪ Question 1 = Yes AND;

▪ Question 3 = No OR

▪ Question 4 = No OR;

▪ Question 5 = Yes; OR

▪ The provider is not licensed for service at the time of placement “as of " the

Effective Date; OR

▪ A manual Redetermination is inserted, and the provider the child is placed with

as of the ‘Effective From’ date has a non-compliance period documented with a

Start and End Date on the Organization Provider Compliance History page or

Person Provider Compliance History page for the entire month in which the

‘Effective From’ date occurs.

• If the License is "on hold" as of the Effective Date of the Redetermination FSFN will still



bullet points for Eligible and Reimbursable or Eligible, Not Reimbursable will make the

child Ineligible.

• When determining the Eligibility of the child once all the questions on the Redeterminations tab

are answered, if the child is determined to be Eligible, regardless if based on the answers to all the

questions the child is Eligible and Reimbursable. If the Placement in which the child is currently

placed is not “Licensed”, the child will be Eligible, Not Reimbursable.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

• Determining if the child is placed in a “Licensed” placement or not is based on the Provider

with whom the child is placed AND looking at the Service Type and whether that Provider

has a “License” for that specific Service Type that is “active” as of the Effective Date of the

determination. This information is also contained in the Placements in Current Removal

Episode group box. If the Provider is Licensed, the Licensed checkbox will be selected.

• Upon clicking the Submit Void hyperlink, the following validation prompt is displayed:

• This will Submit for Voiding out the Eligibility Redetermination and all Eligibility

Redetermination records made after the Effective Date. Are you sure you want to

continue? <Yes><No>

• Upon selecting “Yes”, the Void Determination hyperlink displays.

• Upon selecting “No”, the user remains on the page and the Submit Void hyperlink

displays

• Upon clicking the Void Determination hyperlink, the following validation prompt is displayed:

• This will void out the Eligibility Redetermination and all Eligibility Redetermination

records created after the Effective Date. Are you sure you want to continue? <Yes><No>

• Upon selecting “Yes”, the void process is complete and Voided displays instead of a

hyperlink

• Upon selecting “No”, the user remains on the page and the Void Determination hyperlink

displays.

• For a young adult to appear on the Create Young Adult Selection pop-up page, they cannot have a

“Pending” Title IV-E Foster Care Eligibility Determination (Initial or Redetermination).



match, the following validation message displays:




initiated when selecting the Close button, and then answering ‘Yes’ when the system asks the

user if they would like to ‘Save changes before closing the page.’

• The ‘Effective From’ date is the only field required to initially save the page. Based on the

responses for the questions on the ‘Redeterminations’ tab, various fields may also be required. If

any of these fields are null, the user will receive an error validation stating, ‘Please enter data in

the fields which are highlighted - <field name>’ upon attempting to submit the Redetermination

for supervisor review.

• If the ‘Effective From’ date value is prior to the ‘IV-E Removal Date’ on save processing, the

user will receive an error message stating, ‘Effective from Date cannot be before the Title IV- E



• If the ‘Effective From’ date value is less than the Effective Date of the Initial Determination, the

user will receive an error validation stating, ‘The Effective Date of the Redetermination cannot be

prior to the Effective Date of the Initial Determination’.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

• If the redetermination is not completed, all placements that are marked ‘Applicable’ are saved in

the EPISODE.fl_applic field.

• If Complete Redetermination action is selected by the supervisor and successfully processed, the


• The Date Completed field (ELIG_REDET.dt_sys_cmplt) is filled with the current system

date and is not linked to the entry date.

• The Complete column is entered with ‘Yes’ (ELIG_REDET.fl_complt). The questions on

the ‘Redeterminations’ tab are disabled for the redetermination instance.

• The current worker ID is saved to the field ELIG_REDET.id_st_apprval.

• The timestamp is saved to the field ELIG_REDET.dt_cmplt.

• Reasons for status change are saved in ELIG_STATUS_CHANGE table and are not

editable.

2.5.5 Security





• Title IV-E Eligibility - View: Includes the Security Resource for the Select Legal Document pop-

up page with the Action of “View” selected.

2.5.6 CRUD Matrix

Table C R U D

ELIG_REDET X X X

EPISODE X

PROVIDER_ORG X

ELIG_EPISODE X X X

ELIG_STATUS_CHANGE X X X

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

2.6 Tab – Redeterminations (Voluntary)

2.6.1 Tab Overview


child’s removal episode. Until a Redetermination row is inserted, the questions on the tab are disabled and

grayed out. A pending Redetermination record is created by auto generation or by clicking the Insert

button, entering the Effective Date, and saving. The Eligibility Specialists can manually insert rows

anywhere in the table on the Redeterminations tab under the following logic:






Once a Redetermination row is inserted and saved, the Insert button is disabled and will be enabled again

after the Redetermination is completed. If the Initial Determination is Ineligible or a Redetermination is

Ineligible, the Insert button will remain disabled and grayed out. The Redetermination will refresh each

time the page is launched while in pending.




_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228


redetermination questions with a Placements in Current Removal Episode repeating table inside a group


Licensed End, and Service Type. Finally, there is an Eligibility Notes expando that displays a text









The pending redetermination on the ‘Redeterminations’ tab will be editable only by Eligibility Specialists

based on their security profile. Access to this tab will also be available for all other workers who

have assignments to the case in view only mode, based on their security profile, through the desktop

within the Eligibility tab under the associated case.









editable; defaults to ‘Pending’. The Eligibility



Redetermination” process has been completed, the

fields associated with that specific Redetermination

when its associated radio button is selected,

becomes frozen and no longer user modifiable;

AFCARS value.



begin date of the first placement; user editable;

required.





00/00/0000.



system derived to ‘Yes’ if the Complete

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228


processed; not user editable; defaults to blank.

(OCA Reimbursement Allocation batch will only

look at completed determinations. See FM04

Reimbursement and Claiming for Details).





00/00/0000.

Submit Void / Void

Redetermination

Conditionally displayed hyperlink in association

with the specific Redetermination row that displays

once the Redetermination is completed. Upon

clicking the Submit Void hyperlink, a prompt

displays indicating that submitting the void will

void the redetermination and all redetermination

records after the effective date with a Yes/No

selection. Once Yes is selected on the prompt, the

hyperlink displays as Void Determination. Clicking

the Void Determination hyperlink displays a


Submit Void and the Void Determination steps

must be completed before the Redetermination is

successfully voided.

Void Date The system date when the Redetermination is

voided; system derived from the system date when

‘Void Redetermination’ is selected; Populates with

the applicable date when one or more

Redetermination records are successfully voided;

not user editable; defaults to 00/00/0000.


Change page for the selected redetermination.

Visible for redeterminations that initially had the

Status Change page launched from the Actions

panel.

Buttons: Insert Conditionally enabled button that will insert a

pending Redetermination row. Once a new row is

inserted and saved, the Insert button will be

disabled and only enabled once the

Redetermination is completed. If the Initial

Determination is Ineligible or a Redetermination is

Ineligible, the Insert button will remain disabled. If

the Ineligible Redetermination is subsequently

voided, the Insert button becomes enabled. If a

pending Redetermination is voided because of the

placement being ended as made in error, the Insert

button will be enabled if the most recent

Redetermination or Initial Determination was


_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228


associated Removal Episode is discharged. The

insert button becomes enabled again if the

discharged Removal is overridden and re-opened.

Lastly, the Episode End Date on the IV-E

Eligibility record is removed by the system if the

Removal discharge is overridden and if any

changes are made to a Placement Change.

Fields: Question 1 ‘Is the child under age 18? If Yes, go to question 2.

If No, Ineligible.’ System derived as ‘Yes’ if

child’s age is less than 18 as of the ‘Effective

From’ date and ‘No’ if child’s age is greater than

or equal to 18 as of the ‘Effective From’ date;

required.

Question 2 ‘For the Voluntary removal, was a judicial finding


in the child’s best interest to remain in out of home

care?.’ ‘Yes,’ ‘No,’ and ‘Pending Judicial Finding’

user selected radio buttons. N/A radio button is

system derived.

If "Yes" is selected,

• the Date field is enabled and required • the select legal document hyperlink is



If "No" is selected and the child has been in Out of

Home care for more than 180 days, the child is

Ineligible, and the date field is disabled and grayed

out and the select legal document hyperlink does

not display.

If N/A is system derived, the background

processing is the same as Yes, meaning N/A would

NOT make the Young Adult ineligible.


• the Eligibility Determination can be

completed

• the Date and Legal Document are not required

• the Select Legal Document hyperlink will

NOT display.




_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

If “Yes” or “Pending Judicial Finding” is selected,

all other questions considered, the child will be


If the Redetermination is manually inserted and

Question 5B on the Initial Determination was

‘Yes’ or Question 2 on the previous

Redetermination was ‘Yes’, this question is system

derived as ‘N/A’ and will be disabled, grayed out,

and not user modifiable.

This question will dynamically display ONLY if

the "Manner of removal was" is "Voluntary".

Date Displayed to the right of the Yes button.


required if Yes is selected; After entering the Date,

in order to save, the user must also select the

applicable Legal Document. If no Date is entered

and the Redetermination is completed as Ineligible,

the Date is disabled and grayed out.








cases that are associated with the child for whom

the eligibility is being documented; once a Legal

Document is selected and the user clicks Continue

from the Select Legal Document pop-up, the Select

Legal Document hyperlink will no longer display.




again.

After entering the Date, in order to save, the user

must select the applicable Legal Document. If no

Date is entered and the Redetermination is created

as Ineligible, the hyperlink no longer displays.







_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

continue to display even after the Redetermination

is complete; The hyperlink name is displayed as

the Document Name that is selected on the

associated Legal Documentation page (i.e. Custody

and Placement – Motion and Order; Shelter Order/

Order to Take into Custody, etc.).




display.





displayed; Once the Redetermination is referred to

the supervisor, this hyperlink will no longer

display; If the supervisor refers the

Redetermination back to the Eligibility Specialist,





Legal Document.

Question 4 ‘As of the Redetermination Effective Date, is the

child receiving SSI? If Yes, Eligible, Non-

Reimbursable.’ System derived based on if the

child has Assets & Employment with Unearned

Income with a Type of "Supplemental Security

Income (SSI)"; otherwise, no


Conditionally enabled; System derived based on

the following: if the participant has an Assets &

Employment record with Unearned Income of

"Supplemental Security Income (SSI)", then

populates with the Effective Date; otherwise null;

disabled and grayed out.


Removal Episode

This table lists all placements in the current


Effective From date while the Title IV-E is

Pending; does not include placements ended for

reason “Made in Error”; Placements added through


IV-E is Pending





_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228








based on the Provider having an active license for

the specific Service Type as of the Effective Date;

otherwise not checked. Not user editable. If the

Provider no longer has an active license but the

Placement has not changed, the status will show as

Not-Reimbursable.

Licensed System derived check box to show whether the




Provider License page based on if the Provider has

an active license for the specific Service Type as of


editable.

License Effective The most current date of a valid Provider’s

License, system derived from the Provider License

page.

License End The date the Providers current license has/will

expire; system derived from the Provider License

page.





Fields: Eligibility Notes User entered text narrative field. 1000-character

limit. User editable until the redetermination is

completed; not required; no default.






• The Redetermination will refresh each time the page is launched while in Pending.






_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228



• For Question 2, the date entered should be equal to or less than 180 days after the Date of VPA.

If the date entered is greater than 180 days, the following validation prompt displays:

• The response to Question 2 is not within 180 days of the VPA Date. Please enter a valid


• Upon selecting the Refer/ Return to Supervisor hyperlink, if Yes is selected, the system will

validate that a Legal Document has been linked. The following validation message will display if

a Legal Document is not linked:


updates <Close>

• Placements in Current Removal Episode: If documenting the IV-E FC Eligibility page and it is

flagged as EFC OR it is an under 18 regular IV-E FC Redetermination, the Reimbursable flag is

checked automatically IF the Service Category of the current placement is Independent Living

AND the Placement Setting is Supervised Independent Living.




• Upon completion of the Initial Eligibility, when a child moves from a licensed to a non-licensed

placement or from a non-licensed to a licensed placement within the removal episode and that

placement was approved, a Redetermination row will be auto-generated. FSFN will flag the row

as "autogenerated" in the database. The approval process must occur before the Redetermination

row is autogenerated. It will not autogenerate if the placement was submitted for approval. The

Effective Date of the autogenerated Redetermination will equal the Placement Begin Date of new

placement. There are two instances where no auto Redetermination row should be created: o In scenarios when the License closes due to a new address. The provider is still licensed;

however, the license needs to be associated with the new address; and o If the most recent Eligibility Redetermination is INELIGIBLE (completed) and is NOT

VOIDED.

• If a placement change results in a Redetermination that is later Made in Error, FSFN will only

void the Redetermination row that was generated as a result of the placement change made in

error. Other Redetermination rows will not be voided.

• When determining the Eligibility of the child once all the questions on the Redeterminations tab

are answered, if the child is determined to be Eligible, regardless if based on the answers to all the

questions the child is Eligible and Reimbursable, if the Placement in which the child is currently

placed is not “Licensed”, the child will be Eligible, Not Reimbursable

• Determining if the child is placed in a “Licensed” placement or not is based on the

Provider with whom the child is placed AND looking at the Service Type and whether

that Provider has a “License” for that specific Service Type that is “active” as of the

Effective Date of the determination. This information is also contained in the Placements in

Current Removal Episode group box. If the Provider is Licensed, the Licensed checkbox

will be selected.

• When the Title IV-E Foster Care Eligibility is created as a result of a Private Adoption,

the Eligibility Determination is based solely on the responses to the questions on the

Initial Determination and Redeterminations tabs and the Private Adoption page does not

make the child Not-Reimbursable. This is NOT changing. Therefore, if the child is

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Eligibility and Reimbursable based on the responses, the child will be Eligible and

Reimbursable still, even if created as a result of Private Adoption.

• Voluntary Redetermination statuses:

• An Eligible and Reimbursable Determination status is obtained if the child meets the

following criteria:

▪ Question 1 = Yes;

▪ Question 2 = Yes, Pending Judicial Finding or N/A;

▪ Question 4 = No AND

▪ The provider is licensed for service at the time of placement "as of" the Effective

Date;

• An Eligible, Not-Reimbursable Determination status is obtained if the child meets the

following criteria:




▪ Provider is not licensed for service at the time of placement “as of " the Effective

Date; OR

▪ A manual Redetermination is inserted, and the provider the child is placed with

as of the ‘Effective From’ date has a non-compliance period documented with a

Start Date and End Date on the Organization Provider Compliance History page

or Person Provider Compliance History page for the entire month in which the

‘Effective From’ date occurs.





child Ineligible.




continue? <Yes><No>



displays





hyperlink

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228


displays



• If a completed Initial Determination has Question 5B answered as Pending Judicial Finding and a

completed Redetermination does not have Question 2 answered as yes, a daily batch running at

6AM EST will autogenerate an Ineligible Redetermination row on the 181st day from the VPA

date. FSFN will then autocomplete this row as follows:


o Question 2 – No


• For Redeterminations autogenerated by placement changes, the questions will auto populate as

follows:


o Question 2 – Depending on which is present or more recent, will be prefilled as N/A if

Question 5B on the Initial Determination is Yes, or Question 2 on the most recent

Redetermination is either Yes or N/A. It will be prefilled as Pending Judicial Finding if

either Question 5B on the Initial Determination or Question 2 on the most recent

Redetermination is Pending Judicial Finding.


• For a child placed with a provider who is Out of Compliance with Background Screening

Requirements for a full calendar month, FSFN enters a Title IV-E Redetermination entry.

o Step 1: FSFN determines if the provider is out of compliance for a full calendar month




o Step 2: FSFN then looks at completed, non-voided determinations and determines if any

‘Eligible’ children were placed with this provider in a service type that requires a license

during the non-compliance month. FSFN determines if a Service Type requires a license

by looking at the License Required field on the Maintain Service page. If yes, continue to

Step 3.

o Step 3: FSFN inserts a completed and approved Title IV-E redetermination row with the

following:



compliance month, use first day of the month.


▪ Completed?: Yes



▪ Question 1: Answered based on DOB as of the Effective From date

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

▪ Question 2: Depending on which is present or more recent, will be prefilled as

N/A if Question 5B on the Initial Determination is Yes, or Question 2 on the

most recent Redetermination is either Yes or N/A. It will be prefilled as Pending

Judicial Finding if either Question 5B on the Initial Determination or Question 2

on the most recent Redetermination is Pending Judicial Finding


Unearned Income with a Type of "Supplemental Security Income (SSI)";

otherwise, no.

▪ Placement in Current Removal Episode: Reimbursable checkbox is not selected


background screening safety requirements.

o Step 4: At the end of the Provider’s non-compliance month, FSFN inserts a completed,

approved Redetermination entry for any IV-E Eligible child that was placed during the

non-compliant month. The following logic is used for the Redetermination:

▪ Eligibility Determination: ‘Eligible, Reimbursable’ (if all questions meet criteria)


the last day the child was placed with the Provider during the non-compliant

month


▪ Completed?: Yes


▪ Status Change: ‘Placed in Reimbursable facility’

▪ Question 1: Answered based on DOB as of the Effective From date







Unearned Income with a Type of "Supplemental Security Income (SSI)";

otherwise, no.

▪ Placement in Current Removal Episode: For the provider that is compliant and




• Upon entering a manual Redetermination that is Title IV-E Eligible and Reimbursable based on

the eligibility status of the redetermination that is being completed, FSFN determines if the

child’s placement provider on the Effective Date has an open compliance entry. If the Provider

has an open non-compliance entry after the Effective From date of the Redetermination being

entered (meaning no End Date for the non-compliance row), the following validation message

displays when clicking the Refer/Return to Supervisor or Complete Redetermination hyperlink:

o “The child’s current provider is out of compliance for background screening safety

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228


<Yes> <No>

If Yes, is selected, the Title IV-E Redetermination is either referred to the supervisor or

completed based on the hyperlink selected. If No is selected, the user is returned to the Title IV-E

page.

• Upon entering a manual Redetermination, FSFN compares the ‘Effective From’ date to the

child’s placement provider’s background screening compliance history page. If the provider was








o You cannot approve your own work.





• The ‘Effective From’ date is the only field required to initially save the page. Based on the


any of these fields are null, the user will receive an error validation stating, ‘Please enter data in

the fields which are highlighted - <field name>’ upon attempting to submit the Redetermination

for supervisor review.















the ‘Redeterminations’ tab is disabled for the redetermination instance.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

editable.

2.6.5 CRUD Matrix

Table C R U D

ELIG_REDET X X X

EPISODE X

PROVIDER_ORG X

ELIG_EPISODE X X X


_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

2.7 Tab – Redeterminations (Auto-generated and Completed by Question 4)

2.7.1 Tab Overview

FSFN automatically creates and completes a Redetermination row based on the following scenarios:

• A new row will be automatically created based off answers on a Court Ordered Initial

Determination. If Question 4 on the Initial Determination is Yes and the child is Eligible and Not

Reimbursable and the date is not in the same month and year as the Removal Begin Date, upon

competition of the Initial Determination, FSFN will automatically create a Redetermination row

and it will automatically be completed by FSFN.

• A new row will be automatically created if another Redetermination has not been completed at

the 14th month from the initial Effective From date or the most recent Redetermination Question

4 Date. The Effective Date of the auto-generated row will be equal to the 1st day of the 13th

month, and Question 4 on the Initial Determination tab will be 'No'.

A Redetermination will not be autogenerated, however, if the most recent Eligibility Redetermination is

completed as Ineligible and not voided.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228






editable; The Eligibility Status that is determined in

FSFN will be the Eligibility Status and once the

“Complete Redetermination” process has been

completed by FSFN, the fields associated with that

specific Redetermination, when its associated radio

button is selected, becomes frozen and no longer user

modifiable; AFCARS value.

Effective From Defaults to the 1st of the month based on the month

documented in the date field for Question 4 on the

Initial Determination or defaults to the 1st date of the

13th month.


generated and completed by FSFN; not user editable;

required.



System derived to ‘Yes’ when the Complete

Redetermination action has been processed by FSFN;

not user editable; (OCA Reimbursement Allocation

batch will only look at completed determinations. See

FM04 Reimbursement and Claiming for Details).

Date Completed The system date when the Redetermination is auto-

completed by FSFN; system derived from system date

when ‘Complete Redetermination’ action is processed

by FSFN.

Submit Void / Void

Redetermination

Conditionally displayed hyperlink in association with

the specific Redetermination row that displays once

the Redetermination is completed. Upon clicking the

Submit Void hyperlink, a prompt displays indicating

that submitting the void will void the redetermination

and all redetermination records after the effective date

with a Yes/No selection. Once Yes is selected on the

prompt, the hyperlink displays as Void Determination.

Clicking the Void Determination hyperlink displays a


Submit Void and the Void Determination steps must

be completed before the Redetermination is


Void Date The system date when the Redetermination is voided;

system derived from the system date when ‘Void

Redetermination’ is selected; Populates with the

applicable date when one or more Redetermination

records are successfully voided; not user editable;

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228



Change page for the selected redetermination. Visible

for redeterminations that initially had the Status

Change page launched from the Actions panel.

Buttons: Insert Conditionally enabled button that will insert a pending

Redetermination row. Once a new row is inserted and

saved, the Insert button will be disabled and only

enabled once the Redetermination is completed. If the

Initial Determination is Ineligible or a

Redetermination is Ineligible, the Insert button will

remain disabled. If the Ineligible Redetermination is

subsequently voided, the Insert button becomes

enabled. If a pending Redetermination is voided

because of the placement being ended as made in

error, the Insert button will be enabled if the most

recent Redetermination or Initial Determination was



associated Removal Episode is discharged. The insert

button becomes enabled again if the discharged

Removal is overridden and re-opened. Lastly, the

Episode End Date on the IV-E Eligibility record is

removed by the system if the Removal discharge is

overridden and if any changes are made to a

Placement Change.

Fields: Question 1 ‘Is the child under age 18? If No, Ineligible.’

System derived based on the child’s age at the

Effective From Date; defaults to ‘Yes’ if child’s age is

less than 18 at the time of the redetermination;

defaults to ‘No’ if child’s age is greater than or equal

to 18 as of the ‘Effective From’ date; required.

NOTE: Question 2 does not exist on the

Redeterminations (Court Ordered) page. Question 2

only displays on the Redeterminations (Voluntary)

page.


placement and care responsibility for the child? If No,

Eligible, Non-Reimbursable.’

‘Yes’ or ‘No’ will populate based off of the answer to

Question 3C on the Initial Determination. If a

Redetermination exists, the answer will copy from the

most current Redetermination.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228


containing a finding that reasonable efforts to finalize

permanency plan (REPP) within the first 12 months

from the child's removal and every 12 months from

the Latest REPP finding? If No, Eligible, Not

Reimbursable.’

Radio button defaults to N/A if the Redetermination is

auto-generated and completed.

Date Date field is disabled and grayed out when the

Redetermination has been auto-generated and

completed.

Question 5 ‘As of the Redetermination Effective Date, is the child

receiving SSI? If Yes, Eligible, Non-Reimbursable.’

System derived based on if the child has Assets &

Employment with Unearned Income with a Type of

"Supplemental Security Income (SSI)"; otherwise, no


System derived based on the following: if the

participant has an Assets & Employment record with

Unearned Income of "Supplemental Security Income

(SSI)", then populates with the Effective Date;

otherwise null; disabled and grayed out.


Removal Episode

This group table lists all placements in the current


Effective From date; does not include placements

ended for reason “Made in Error”; Placements added

through Placement Correction will also display if

made before the Redetermination is auto-generated

and completed by FSFN.

From The beginning date of the placement. System derived

from the placement begin date value on the Out of


To The end date of the placement. System derived from

the placement end date value on the Out of Home


Placement Name The name of the placement provider. System derived

from the provider name on the Out of Home



placement is reimbursable or not. System derived as

checked based on the Provider having an active



editable. If the Provider no longer has an active license

but the Placement has not changed, the status will

show as Not-Reimbursable.

Licensed System derived checkbox to show whether the

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

placement provider’s license is applicable to provide

services for the child and shows the status. System

pre-fills the license status from the Provider License

page based on if the Provider has an active license for

the specific Service Type the child is placed in as of


editable.

License Effective The most current date of a valid Provider’s License;


License End The date the Provider’s current license has/will expire;





Eligibility Notes Text narrative field that displays ‘Reasonable Efforts

to Prevent Removal from home obtained’;






• When determining the Eligibility of the child once all the questions on the Redeterminations tab are

answered, if the child is determined to be Eligible, regardless if based on the answers to all the

questions, the child is Eligible and Reimbursable unless No is selected for Question 3 or Question 4,

which makes the child Eligible, Not Reimbursable. If the Placement in which the child is currently

placed is not “Licensed”, the child will be Eligible, Not Reimbursable.

o Determining if the child is placed in a “Licensed” placement or not is based on the Provider

with whom the child is placed AND looking at the Service Type and whether that Provider

has a “License” for that specific Service Type that is “active” as of the Effective Date of the

determination. This information is also contained in the Placements in Current Removal

Episode group box. If the Provider is Licensed, the Licensed checkbox will be selected.

• Current functionality is such that when Title IV-E Foster Care Eligibility is created as a

result of a Private Adoption, the Eligibility Determination is based solely on the responses to

the questions on the Initial Determination and Redeterminations tabs and the Private

Adoption page does not make the child Not-Reimbursable. Therefore, if the child is

Eligibility and Reimbursable based on the responses, the child will be Eligible and

Reimbursable still, even if created as a result of Private Adoption.







continue? <Yes><No>

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228



displays





hyperlink


displays






• When the Complete Redetermination action is successfully processed by FSFN, the following

processes occur:



• The Complete column is entered with ‘Yes’ (ELIG_REDET.fl_complt) and a pending

redetermination record is created.

• The questions on the ‘Redeterminations’ tab are disabled for the redetermination

instance.




editable.

2.7.5 Security





• Title IV-E Eligibility - View: Includes the Security Resource for the Select Legal Document pop-

up page with the Action of “View” selected.

2.7.6 CRUD Matrix

Table C R U D

ELIG_REDET X X X

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

EPISODE X

PROVIDER_ORG X

ELIG_EPISODE X X X


_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

2.8 Tab – Redeterminations (18+ in Independent Living Placement)

2.8.1 Tab Overview


Child/Young Adult’s removal episode. Until a Redetermination row is inserted, the questions on the tab

are disabled and grayed out. A pending Redetermination record is created by clicking the Insert button,

entering the Effective Date and saving. The Eligibility Specialists can manually insert rows anywhere in

the table on the Redeterminations tab under the following logic:




_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228





Ineligible, the Insert button will remain disabled and grayed out. The Redetermination will refresh each

time the page is launched while in pending.

When documenting the IV-E Foster Care Eligibility page and it is an under 18 regular IV-E Foster Care

Redetermination, but the child is 18 years of age or older and the Service Category of the current

placement is Independent Living and the Placement Setting is Supervised Independent Living, the

Redetermination will be an EFC IV-E Redetermination. The Redetermination tab will display EFC based

on comparing the Young Adult’s Date of Birth to the Effective Date of the Redetermination.












view only mode.
















AFCARS value.




_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228




00/00/0000.













00/00/0000.

Submit Void / Void

Redetermination

























panel.








_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228
















Fields: Question 1 ‘Is the Young Adult under the age of 21? If No,

Ineligible.’ System derived; defaults to ‘Yes’ if

Young Adult’s age is less than 21 at the Effective

Date of the redetermination; defaults to ‘No’ if

Young Adult’s age is greater than or equal to 21 as

of the ‘Effective From’ date; required.


placement and care responsibility for the young

adult? If No, Eligible, Non-Reimbursable.’ User

selected radio button with the options of ‘Yes’ or

‘No’; required.


containing a finding that reasonable efforts to

finalize permanency plan (REFPP) within the first

12 months from the young adult's removal and

every 12 months from the Latest REFPP finding?

If No, Eligible, Not Reimbursable.’ User selected

radio button with the options of ‘Yes’, ‘No’ and

N/A; NOTE: N/A is used when 12 months has not

elapsed.


Young Adult receiving SSI? If Yes, Eligible, Non


Young Adult has Assets & Employment with

Unearned Income with a Type of "Supplemental

Security Income (SSI)"; otherwise, no.

SSI Begin Date The date the Young Adult began receiving SSI

benefits. System derived based on the following: if

the participant has an Assets & Employment record

with Unearned Income of "Supplemental Security

Income (SSI)", then populates with the Effective

Date; otherwise null; disabled and grayed out.

Placements in Current This table lists all placements in the current

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Removal Episode removal episode for the Young Adult based on the

IV-E Effective From date while the Title IV-E is

Pending; placements ended for the reason ‘Made in

Error’ are not displayed; placements added through


IV-E is Pending.












based on the Provider being licensed for the

associated Service Type when Title IV-E Foster

Eligibility page is NOT flagged as EFC; when

flagged as EFC, always system derived as

Reimbursable.








page.



page.













• The Redetermination will remain in Pending status until all questions on the tab have an answer

and will refresh each time the page is launched while the Redetermination is Pending. If an

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Effective Date is entered that is prior to the IV-E Removal Date, upon attempting to save the







• The Redetermination will refresh with questions applicable to the young adult based on the age of

the person as of the Effective From date.

• If Question 4 is Yes and the user attempts to save without entering a date, the following


• Please complete all required fields prior to saving the page.

• The date field on the Redetermination tab next to Question 4 is conditionally enabled and

required if ‘Yes’ is selected. This date must meet the following logic:

• If ‘No’ is selected for any Redetermination, meaning that there is no court order nor an

Official Court Transcript containing a REFPP finding, then no date validation is required.

The date field will be disabled.

• If ‘Yes’ is selected and it is the first Redetermination where there is a court order or an

Official Court Transcript containing an REFPP finding, then the date must be within 13

months of the IV-E Rmvl Date. If the date is greater than 13 months from the IV-E Rmvl

Date, the following validation message displays:

▪ The response to Question 4 indicates a potential gap in Reimbursability. Please

update responses.

• If prior Redetermination does not have the date field for Question 4, it uses the Effective

From date. If ‘Yes’ is selected and it is not the first Redetermination where there is a

court order or an Official Court Transcript containing an REFPP finding, then the date

must be within 13 months of the Effective From date documented on Question 4, of the

last ‘Yes’ Redetermination where there was an REFPP finding. If the date is greater than

13 months from the Effective From date, the following validation message displays

▪ “The response to Question 4 indicates a potential gap in Reimbursability. Please

update responses.”

• Upon selecting the Refer/ Return to Supervisor hyperlink, if Yes is selected for Question 4 the




updates. <Close>

• If Question 4 on the Initial Determination is Yes and the child is Eligible and Not Reimbursable,

and the date is not in the same month and year as the Removal Begin Date, upon competition of

the Initial Determination, FSFN will automatically create a Redetermination row and will

automatically be completed by FSFN. For more information see Section 2.7.

• Court Ordered Redetermination statuses:

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

• An Eligible and Reimbursable Determination status is obtained if the young adult meets


▪ Questions 1 and 3 = Yes;

▪ Question 4 = Yes or N/A AND

▪ The provider is licensed for service at the time of placement “as of " the Effective

Date OR

▪ The placement has service category of Independent Living;

• An Eligible, Not-Reimbursable Determination status is obtained if the young adult meets


▪ Question 1 = Yes AND;




Effective Date OR

▪ The placement does not have service category of Independent Living;





young adult Ineligible.







continue? <Yes><No>



displays





hyperlink


displays

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228



• For Redeterminations autogenerated by placement changes (from licensed placement to an

unlicensed placement or from an unlicensed placement to a licensed placement), the questions

will auto populate as follows:











• The ‘Effective From’ date is required to refer the Redetermination to the Supervisor. Based on the


any of these fields are null, upon clicking the Refer/ Return to Supervisor hyperlink the user will

receive an error validation stating, ‘Please enter data in the fields which are highlighted - <field

name>’ upon attempting to submit the Redetermination for supervisor review.





• If the ‘Effective From’ date value is prior to the Effective Date of the Initial Determination, the














editable.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

2.9 Pop-up Page – Select Legal Document Pop-Up Page

2.9.1 Page Overview

The Select Legal Document pop-up page provides the ability for the user to view all existing Legal

Documentation pages associated with the FSFN Case and identify which one should be linked to the IV-E

Foster Care Eligibility page for either Question 3A, Question 4, or Question 5B on an Initial

Determination, Question 2, Question 3, or Question 4 on a Redetermination, or the Link Legal Document

hyperlink in the Actions column.


Group Box: Case Information

FSFN Case ID System derived; pre-fills with the Case ID for

the Case associated to the IV-E Foster Care

Eligibility from which the Select Legal

Document pop-up page was launched.

Case Name System derived; pre-fills with the Case Name

for the Case associated to the IV-E Foster Care

Eligibility from which the Select Legal

Document pop-up page was launched.

Eligibility ID System derived; pre-fills with the Eligibility ID

of the associated IV-E Foster Care Eligibility

page from which the Select Legal Document

pop-up page was launched; this is the Eligibility

ID captured in the Eligibility header group box

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

of the IV-E Foster Care Eligibility record.

Group Box: Legal Documents

Select Enabled; user selected; no default; single

selection ONLY.

Legal Document Name List of the Legal Documents that were created

by a worker for the associated FSFN Case;

system derived; not user modifiable; disabled;

the list of Legal Documents is ALL Legal

Documents created in the FSFN Case associated

with the IV-E Foster Care Eligibility page from

which the Select Legal Document pop-up page

was launched.

Court Case Number System derived based on the Court Case

Number selected on the associated Legal

Documentation page; if no Court Case Number

is selected, this column will accept a null value

and will be blank; not user modifiable.

Date Created System derived; displays the date in

MM/DD/YYYY format that the associated

Legal Documentation page was created in the

FSFN system; not user modifiable.

Action Always displays a view hyperlink for each

Legal Document displayed; clicking the View

hyperlink launches the associated Legal

Documentation page in view only mode,

providing the user the ability to view any

images attached to that specific Legal

Documentation page or access the associated

template by clicking the Text hyperlink from

the Legal Documentation page.

Buttons: Continue Conditionally enabled only once a radio button

is selected for a Legal Document; if a Legal

Document is selected, the user must click

Continue to create the link between the selected

Legal Document and the IV-E Foster Care

Eligibility page; if Close is selected and user

returns to the IV-E Foster Care Eligibility page,

the link will not be created, and the Select Legal

Document hyperlink will continue to display.

Close Upon clicking Close a validation message

displays asking if the user is sure that s/he

wishes to close without linking a Legal

Document; selecting Yes returns the user to the

IV-E Foster Care Eligibility page without

linking a Legal Document; clicking No leaves

the user on the Select Legal Document page in

order to select the applicable Legal Document

to link.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228


• The Select Legal Document pop-up page displays ALL Legal Documentation pages created for the

associated FSFN Case and is regardless of the Legal Security Profile the user currently has. Meaning,

if the user only has “Limited Legal” security that does not have a bearing on the Legal Documents

displayed on this pop-up page for selection. This is because the user is not creating a Legal

Document but is only “linking” the appropriate Legal Document to the IV-E Foster Care Eligibility

page.

• The View hyperlink is displayed for all Legal Documents displayed. The security to click the View

hyperlink and view each Legal Documentation page is controlled by existing security to the Legal

Documentation page.

• The continue button is ONLY enabled once a Legal Document radio button is selected.

• Upon clicking Continue the selected Legal Document is linked to the associated IV-E Foster Care

Eligibility page.

• Upon clicking Close the following validation prompt is displayed:

• Are you sure you wish to close without linking a Legal Document? <Yes><No>

• Upon selecting “Yes” the Select Legal Document pop-up page closes, the user is returned to

the IV-E Foster Care Eligibility page and a Legal Document is NOT linked. Therefore, the

IV-E Foster Care Eligibility page will continue to display only the Select Legal Document

hyperlink.

• Upon selecting “No” the user remains on the Select Legal Document pop-up page so s/he

can select the appropriate Legal Document to link.


• N/A

2.9.5 CRUD Matrix

Table C R U D

SELECT LEGAL

DOCUMENT

X X

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

2.10 Pop-up Page – Eligibility Referral History

2.10.1 Pop-up Page Overview

The Eligibility Referral History Pop-up page allows the user the ability to view information regarding the

process and timeline of entered and completed eligibility Initial Determination and Redeterminations. The

page is launched from an Initial Determination through the Actions panel and selecting the ‘Eligibility

Referral History’ value or the page can be launched from a Redetermination through the Actions panel

and selection the ‘Eligibility Referral History’ value. The type of determination can be inferred from the

presence of either an Eligibility ID (for Initial Determination) or the Eligibility Redetermination ID (for

Redeterminations). The page is view only and not modifiable.

2.10.2 Pop-up Page Information

Group

Box:

Eligibility Referral Approval

History

Fields: Child’s Name The name of the child to whom the eligibility

record pertains.

Case Name The Name of the Case in which the child to whom

the eligibility record pertains is a participant.

Effective Date The Effective Date from either the Initial

Determination or Redetermination.

Status The current status of the eligibility record from

which this page was launched.

Child ID The system generated unique ID of the child

participant.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Case ID The system generated unique ID of the case.

Eligibility ID The system generated number from

ELIGIBILITY.id_elig.

Redetermination ID The system generated number from the

Redetermination ELIGIBILITY.id_elig.

Group

Box:

Eligibility Referral History Details

Fields: Action The specific Action selected from the Options

dropdown on either the Eligibility Page Initial

Determination tab or the Eligibility page

‘Redeterminations’ tab.

Date The date on which the Action was executed.

Worker Name The name of the worker who selected and

executed the Action.

Buttons: Close Standard Close Processing.


The information items displayed on the page are retrieved as follows when the Eligibility Referral History

page is launched from an Initial Determination record:

Action Date Worker Name

Referred to Supervisor ELIGIBILITY.dt_es_ta ELIGIBILITY.id_es

Returned to Supervisor ELIGIBILITY.dt_rtn_st ELIGIBILITY.id_rtn_st

Returned to Eligibility Specialist ELIGIBILITY.dt.rtn_max

ELIGIBILITY.id_rtn_max

The information items displayed on the page are retrieved as follows when the Eligibility Referral History

page is launched from a Redetermination record:

Action Date Worker Name

Referred to Supervisor ELIG_REDET.dt_es_ta ELIG_REDET.id_es

Returned to Supervisor ELIG_REDET.dt_rtn_st ELIG_REDET.id_rtn_st

Returned to Eligibility Specialist ELIG_REDET.dt.rtn_max

ELIG_REDET.id_rtn_max

If any action was skipped in the overall workflow, the page will display a blank for that date and worker

name. However, all Actions are always listed.

2.10.4 CRUD Matrix

Table C R U D

ELIGIBILITY X

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

ELIG_REDET X

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

2.11 Pop-up Page – Eligibility Status Change


The Eligibility Status Change Pop-up page displays all changes in the child’s status that affect this

eligibility redetermination. This pop-up page is initially accessed by clicking on Eligibility Status Change

under the Options dropdown on the ‘Redeterminations’ tab of the Eligibility page. Once this Eligibility

Status Change Pop-up page has been created, it will be accessible from the ‘View’ hyperlink in the

‘Status Change’ column on the Redeterminations tab. The check boxes are selected by the user and can

be updated at any time until the associated redetermination is completed.


Group Box: Eligibility Status Change

Fields: CTW not timely after VPA User-editable checkbox; defaults to unchecked.

CTW missing after a VPA User-editable checkbox; defaults to unchecked.

Child does not meet age User-editable checkbox; defaults to unchecked.

Child not replaced in

reimbursable facility

User-editable checkbox; defaults to unchecked.

Placed in reimbursable

facility


Child assets do not exceed

limits


Exceeds limits User-editable checkbox; defaults to unchecked.

Income does not exceed User-editable checkbox; defaults to unchecked.

Income exceeds User-editable checkbox; defaults to unchecked.

Facility license has lapsed or

ended


Facility license is in effect User-editable checkbox; defaults to unchecked.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Legal responsibility began User-editable checkbox; defaults to unchecked.

Legal ended User-editable checkbox; defaults to unchecked.

Deprivation began User-editable checkbox; defaults to unchecked.

Deprivation ended User-editable checkbox; defaults to unchecked.

REPP ended (Absent) User-editable checkbox; defaults to unchecked.

REPR begin (Present) User-editable checkbox; defaults to unchecked.

SSI Began User-editable checkbox; defaults to unchecked.

SSI Ended User-editable checkbox; defaults to unchecked.

Buttons: Save Standard Save processing to return to

‘Redeterminations’ tab.


2.11.3 Background Processing:

• Eligibility Status Change Pop-up page opens when user selects Eligibility Status Change within

the Actions panel on the Redeterminations tab.

• Users will be able to select multiple reasons for status change.

• Users will be able to edit reasons for status change while the redetermination is pending.

2.11.4 Save Processing:

• Save processing for this page is conducted on the Eligibility page. After selecting reasons for

Status Change and pressing the Continue button, the worker is navigated to the Eligibility page,

‘Redeterminations’ tab. On save processing on the Eligibility page, changes made on this page

are committed to the database.

• Once saved, the reasons for Eligibility Status Change for the particular redetermination can be

viewed from the ‘Redeterminations’ tab. They can be edited if the Redetermination is pending.

2.11.5 CRUD Matrix

Table C R U D

ELIG_STATUS_CHANGE X

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

2.12 Pop-up Page – Income and Assets Select


The Income and Assets Select Pop-up page displays all Income and Assets Imaging pages associated to

that specific FSFN Case, each displayed with a check box allowing for multi-selection. Images can be

linked and delinked until the IV-E Eligibility determination is complete. When the IV-E Eligibility

determination is complete, the page will be frozen, and images cannot be deleted.

This pop-up page is accessed from the Actions group box by clicking the Link Income/Assets

Verification hyperlink.



Fields: FSFN Case Name The Case Name associated with child. System

derived (Last name, First name, Middle name)

from the Case Management record associated with

the Title IV-E Foster Care Eligibility

Determination record selected from the Person

Search or the desktop; displayed as a hyperlink

which launches the Maintain Case page and

continues to display in the current format which is

Last name, First name, Middle name. If the IV-E

Eligibility page is in "edit" mode, the Maintain

Case page will be displayed in "edit" mode;

otherwise, "view only". Not user editable.

FSFN Case ID The unique system generated ID that is associated

with the Child’s case. System derived from the

Title IV-E Foster Care Eligibility Determination

record. Not user editable.


Eligibility Determination record with the

ID_ELIG; System derived (after search); Not user

editable.

Group Box: Income and Assets Images

Fields: Select User-editable checkbox; defaults to unchecked.

Participant Name The name(s) associated to Imaging page.


_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

the child. Not user editable

File Name Displayed as a hyperlink; Upon selection the

document “attached” to the Imaging page will

launch. Hyperlink displays as Image Category-

Image Type and if “Other” will have a dash and

then the text as the name.

Date Document Scanned Applicable date entered on the associated imaging

page

Action Contains View hyperlink that will launch the

Imaging page

Buttons: Continue Conditionally enabled only once a checkbox

condition has changed. Once clicked, it will return

the user to the Eligibility page.



• It is not required to link Income and Asset Verification to complete a Determination.

• Images can be linked and delinked until the IV-E Eligibility determination is complete. When the IV-

E Eligibility determination is complete, the page will be frozen, and images cannot be deleted.

• The Income and Assets Select Pop-up page displays all Income and Assets Imaging pages associated

to that specific FSFN Case, each displayed with a checkbox allowing for multi-selection.

• Each file name is displayed as a hyperlink, and upon selection the document attached to the Imaging

page will launch.

• Continue button is conditionally enabled only once a check box condition has changed.

• Upon clicking Continue the selected Income and Assets Imaging page(s) are linked to the associated

IV-E Foster Care Eligibility page.

• Upon clicking Close the following validation prompt is displayed:

• Are you sure you wish to close without linking Income and Asset Verification? <Yes><No>

• Upon selecting “Yes” the Income and Asset Verification Pop-up page closes, the user is

returned to the IV-E Foster Care Eligibility page and an Income and Assets Imaging page(s)

are not linked. Therefore, the IV-E Foster Care Eligibility page will continue to display only

the Link Income/Assets Verification hyperlink.

• Upon selecting “No” the user remains on the Income and Assets Select Pop-up page, so s/he

can select the appropriate Legal Document to link.


• N/A

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

2.12.5 CRUD Matrix

Table C R U D

ELIG_ASSESTS X X

ELIG_ASSCTD_IMG X X

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

2.13 Pop-up Page – Legal Select


The Legal Select Pop-up page displays specific Legal Actions or Legal Documents across all cases for the

child for whom the Eligibility is being documented, not just the Case that the IV-E Foster Care Eligibility

resides in. If it is a Legal Action, it will only display from the participant’s Legal Record; Legal

Documentation will only display if the participant is selected in the group box at the bottom of the Legal

Documentation. Only certain Legal Actions will display in the pop-up (see background processing for

details) and the only Legal Document that will display is Sua Sponte Order.

This pop-up page is accessed from the Legal Select hyperlink that displays in the Eligibility Information

group box on a Court Ordered Initial Determination. Once a Legal Action or Legal Document is selected,

the Date AFDC Applies field will be populated with the Order/Completed Date.



Fields: FSFN Case Name The Case Name associated with child.

System derived (Last name, First name,

Middle name) from the Case Management

record associated with the Title IV-E Foster

Care Eligibility Determination record

selected from the Person Search or the

desktop; displayed as a hyperlink which

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

launches the Maintain Case page and

continues to display in the current format

which is Last name, First name, Middle

name. If the IV-E Eligibility page is in "edit"

mode, the Maintain Case page will be

displayed in "edit" mode; otherwise, "view

only". Not user editable.

FSFN Case ID The unique system generated ID that is

associated with the Child’s case. System

derived from the Title IV-E Foster Care

Eligibility Determination record. Not user

editable.

Eligibility ID This field pre-fills from the Title IV-E Foster

Care Eligibility Determination record with

the ID_ELIG; System derived (after search);

Not user editable.

Group Box: Legal Actions/Documents Group box which displays Legal Actions or

Legal Documents where the child for whom

the Eligibility is being documented across all

FSFN Cases, not just the Case that the IV-E

Foster Care Eligibility resides in.

Fields: Select User-editable checkbox; single selection;

defaults to unchecked.

Legal Action/Document Displays the Legal Action Initiated value or

Legal Document name; system derived; not

user modifiable.

Order/Completed Date Displays the Completed date for the

associated Legal Action Initiated or Order

Date for the associated Legal Document;

system derived; not user modifiable.

Action Contains View hyperlink that will launch the

Imaging page for the Legal Document or

launch the Legal Page for Legal Action.

Buttons: Continue Conditionally enabled only once a radio

button has been selected. Once clicked, it

will return the user to the Eligibility page.



• The Legal Select Pop-up page displays specific the Legal Actions or Legal Documents across all

cases for the child for whom the Eligibility is being documented, not just the Case that the IV-E

Foster Care Eligibility resides in. If it is a Legal Action, it will only display from the participant’s

Legal Record; Legal Documentation will only display if the participant is selected in the group box at

the bottom of the Legal Documentation.

• Only the following Legal selections will display if documented for the participant:

• Legal Actions

▪ Shelter Petition, if Result = Filed

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

▪ Shelter Hearing – Initial, if Result = Continued

▪ Shelter Hearing - Initial, if Result = Granted

▪ Shelter Hearing – Subsequent, if Result = Continued

▪ Shelter Hearing - Subsequent, if Result = Granted

▪ Pickup Order – Take into Custody, if Result = Continued

▪ Pickup Order – Take into Custody, if Result = Granted

▪ Post Disposition – Change of Custody, if Result = Continued

▪ Post Disposition – Change of Custody, if Result = Granted

▪ Motion – Other, if Result = Filed

▪ Motion – Other, if Result = Continued

▪ Motion – Other, if Result = Granted

▪ Modification of Placement, if Result = Continued

▪ Modification of Placement, if Result = Approved

▪ Termination of Parental Rights Petition – Private, if Result = Filed

▪ Termination of Parental Rights – Private, if Result = Granted

• Legal Documents

▪ Sua Sponte Order

• The continue button is only enabled once a Legal Action/ Document radio button is selected.

• Upon clicking Continue the selected Legal Action/Document is linked to the associated IV-E Foster

Care Eligibility page and populates the Date AFDC Applies field.

• Once a Legal Action or Legal Document is selected, the Date AFDC Applies field will be

populated with the Order/Completed Date.


• N/A

2.13.5 CRUD Matrix

Table C R U D

ELIG_IVE_LGL_LINK X X

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

2.14 Page – Closed Cases Eligibility Search

2.14.1 Page Overview

Navigation

This page can be accessed through the Financial Work icon: selecting the Closed Case Eligibility Search

value in the Eligibility dropdown and selecting Continue from the Create Financial Work page.

Page Summary

Authorized Eligibility Specialists, based on their security profile, will be able to search for closed cases

and edit the last eligibility determination. Users will be allowed to search close cases with an open

eligibility record. Users will search out the case by Case ID, Person ID or Name.


Group Box: Search Criteria

Fields: First Name First name of the search participant; partial searches

supported using the * wildcard character; partial

searches not supported with sounds like search;

worker entered text box.

Last Name Last name of the search participant; partial searches

supported using the * wildcard character; partial

searches not supported with sounds like search; can

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

be used as the sole search criterion; worker entered

text box.

Person ID Specifies a unique person ID (FSFN generated

person ID); can be used as the sole search criterion.

Case ID Specifies a unique case ID (FSFN-generated

number); can be used as the sole search criteria.

Search Precision Scope of search precision; Low to High settings

indicate an expanded or refined search based on the

information entered in the name fields where High =

exact match; default to Medium setting; user

modifiable.

Links: Eligibility Opens the eligibility record for the selected person

and case returned in the search.

Buttons: Search This button will initiate a search based on the

criteria entered in the search criteria structure;

disabled until enough data is entered in the Search

Criteria group box.

Close Closes the page and returns the user to the desktop.

Clear Button will clear the entries on page since last save.


• The user will be required to enter at least one of the following search criteria before the Search

button is enabled:

• Last Name

• Person ID

• Case ID

• All results displayed are for cases where CASE.cd_case_stat = ‘C’.

• Partial searches on names will be supported in the form ABC* where ABC corresponds to the

first three letters of the name and the * is a wildcard character or AB*C*. A minimum of one

character and one wildcard may be used. The wildcard character can be used in both Last and

First Name fields in the same search.

• A search is initiated for Last Name by clicking the Search button. Based on the number of records

that are returned, the outliner will display only the eligibility data as sorted follows:

• Case ID, Person ID, Eligibility (sorted by date). Reverse Chronological Order

• The data is indented by person and case.

• If a search is initiated by Person ID, all other fields are disabled and grayed out.

• If a search is initiated by Person ID, all eligibility records associated with closed cases for

the specified person will be displayed. Eligibility records associated with open cases will

not be displayed. The data is displayed by Case.

• If a search is initiated by Case ID, all other fields are disabled and grayed out.

• If a search is initiated by Case ID, all eligibility records associated with the closed case

will be displayed. The data is displayed by Person.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

• If a search fails, an informational message box stating, ‘No closed case found for criteria

specified’.

• The Eligibility hyperlink associated to the person in the search results will open the

existing Eligibility page.

• If the person has multiple eligibility records, the user will be able open every eligibility

record using its associated Eligibility hyperlink.

2.14.4 CRUD Matrix

Table C R U D

ELIGIBILITY X X X

ELIG_REDET X X X

CASE X

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

2.15 Pop-up Page – Obligated Monies


Navigation

This page can be accessed through the Action column within the AFDC Information group box on the

Eligibility page – Basic Tab.

Page Summary

The Obligated Monies pop-up page provides the ability to document any monetary obligations the

Parent(s), Stepparent(s), Household Member(s)s, and/or Sponsor or Sponsor’s Spouse have relative to

non-assistance group members. In addition, it provides the ability to indicate if the Parent(s),

Stepparent(s), Household Member(s) and/or Sponsor or Sponsor’s Spouse have multiple children who

s/he sponsor’s and indicate the associated number of dependent children.


Group

Box:

Obligated Monies Includes two dollar amount fields with labels;

when the user enters an amount, the system will

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

automatically format it to include the dollar sign,

if not included by the user; if an even amount is

entered without a decimal, the system will format

the number to include the .00; if an amount is

entered such as 10.4, the system will

automatically format the amount to $10.40;

tabbing away from the field or clicking into

another field will trigger the auto formatting to

occur; accepts dollars and cents up to $9,999.99.

Fields: Number of Dependent Children for

the Participant

A user entered numeric field to indicate the

number of dependent children of Parent(s) whom

met alien parent criteria, Stepparent(s), Household

Member(s) whom met the grandparent criteria,

Sponsor or Sponsor's Spouse; No default value;

always enabled.


Close Standard close processing; if the user

enters/updates the dollar amount fields and clicks

close without saving, the system will display the

message "Are you sure you wish to close without

saving?" <Yes><No> and will follow the current

process when answering yes or no.




• The Obligated Monies hyperlink will display if the Role = Parent, Stepparent, Household

Member, Sponsor or Sponsor’s Spouse.

• The Obligated Monies hyperlink for Role = Household Member is available even if the person in

the Assistance Group is not selected.

• Upon attempting to refer the Initial Determination to the supervisor, upon clicking the Refer to

Supervisor hyperlink if a participant has a Role = Sponsor on the Basic tab and there is not a

documented "Number of Dependent Children for the Participant" on the associated Obligated

Monies pop-up page, the following validation message is thrown: A sponsor has been identified.

The number of sponsor's dependent children must be documented on Obligated Monies to refer to

the supervisor. Please make the necessary updates and review the determination.


• Standard save processing.

2.15.5 Security

• A new Security Resource must be created for the Obligated Monies pop-up page.

• The new Security Resource must have actions associated to it for Create, Update and View.

• The new Security Resource with Create and Update associated will be added to all existing

Security Profiles which can create and update the IV-E Foster Care Eligibility page.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

• The new Security Resource with View associated will be added to all existing Security Profiles

which can view the IV-E Foster Care Eligibility page.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

2.16 Pop-up Page – Care Expenses


The Care Expenses Pop-up page is used to document the actual cost of Dependent Care or Incapacitated

Adult Care Expenses for Assistance Group members and non-Assistance Group members who have the

Role of ‘Dependent’, ‘Child’, or ‘Household Member’. This page can be accessed by clicking the Care

Expenses hyperlink on the Basic tab under the AFDC Information group box. The Care Expenses

hyperlink only displays for those participants who have the Role of ‘Parent’, ‘Stepparent’, or ‘Minor

Parent’ selected.



Fields: FSFN Case Name System derived; pre-fills with the Case Name for the

Case associated to the IV-E Foster Care Eligibility

from which the Care Expenses pop-up page was

launched.

FSFN Case ID Specifies a unique case ID (FSFN-generated

number); can be used as the sole search criteria.



System derived (after search); not user editable.

Group Box Assistance and Non-

Assistance Group Members

Select Enabled; user selected; no default;

Participant Name System derived from the participant’s Person

Management page.

Person ID System derived from the participant’s Person

Management page.

Date of Birth System derived from the participant’s Person

Management page.

Age based on Date of Birth compared to Effective IV-E

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Date of Initial Determination - plain black text

Amount User entered and must be greater than 0; the

Amount field is conditionally enabled and required

if the associated participant's check box is selected;

otherwise, disabled and grayed out, not required.

Buttons: Continue Conditionally enabled only once a radio button is

selected; if a participant is selected, the user must

click Continue to create the link between the

selected Care Expense and the IV-E Foster Care

Eligibility page; if Close is selected and user returns

to the IV-E Foster Care Eligibility page, the link

will not be created, and the Care Expenses hyperlink

will continue to display. Upon clicking Continue

FSFN must validate that an amount has been entered

for any child where the check box has been selected;

if not entered a validation message will display as

follows: Please document the applicable care

expenses for the selected participant(s).

Close Closes the page and returns the user to the desktop.


• The Care Expenses Participant Selection pop-up page displays ONLY those persons whether in

the Assistance Group or NOT that have a Role = Dependent, Child, Minor Parent, Step-parent, or

Household Member. • The Amount field is conditionally enabled and required if the associated participant's check box

is selected; otherwise, disabled and grayed out, not required.

• Upon clicking Continue, FSFN must validate that an amount has been entered for any child where

the check box has been selected. If not entered, a validation message will display as follows:

Please document the applicable care expenses for the selected participant(s).

• The following values will be saved and stored to the database for calculation purposes:

o Person ID

o Amount

o The participant for whom the Care Expenses hyperlink was launched.


• Standard Save processing

2.16.5 CRUD Matrix

Table C R U D

ELIG_CARE_EXPENSE X X

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

2.17 Pop-up Page – Eligibility Worksheet

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228


The Eligibility Worksheet Pop-up page is accessed from the Actions group box by clicking the Eligibility

Worksheet hyperlink. The worksheet is a non-modifiable copy of the participant’s Title IV-E which

displays questions associated based upon the removal type, whether Court-Ordered, Voluntary or EFC.

The Eligibility Worksheet is utilized to verify the determination as it displays the background processing

logic for several questions included in the determination. The prominent areas are related to determining

the standard filing unit from the assistance group, Question 6 (AFDC deprivation for a two-parent

household, Question 7 (AFDC two-step income), and Question 8 (AFDC asset limit).


Group Box: Title IV-E Foster Care

Eligibility Worksheet

Fields: Name Displays the name (Last name, First name, Middle

name) from the Case Management record

associated with the Title IV-E Foster Care

Eligibility Determination record.

Person ID Displays the unique person ID (FSFN generated

person ID).

Eligibility Determination Displays the Eligibility Determination status on the

Initial Determination tab for the eligibility record

from which this page was launched.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

IV-E Removal Date Displays the date documented in the IV-E Rmvl Dt

field in the Eligibility group box for the eligibility

record from which this page was launched.

Date AFDC Applies Displays the date documented in the Date AFDC

Applies field in the Eligibility Information group

box for the eligibility record from which this page

was launched; displays as MM/DD/YYYY.

Effective From Displays the date documented in the Effective From

field in the Eligibility Information group box for the

eligibility record from which this page was

launched; displays as MM/DD/YYYY.

Group Box: Court Ordered Removal The questions in this group box apply when the

removal is Court Ordered. Please refer to section

2.3 - Initial Determination (Court Ordered) for more

information.

Fields: Question 1:

Is the child under age 18? If

Yes, go to question 2B. If No,

Ineligible.

Displays the answer to Question 1 on the Initial

Determination tab of the Title IV-E Foster Care

page.

Question 2B:

Is the child a U.S. citizen or

Qualified Non-Citizen? If

Yes, go to question 3. If No,

Ineligible.

Displays the answer to Question 2B on the Initial


page.

Question 3A:

Does the removal order or

Official Court Transcript

contain a judicial finding that

supports the concept that

remaining in the home is

contrary to the welfare of the

child or that the removal is in

the child's best interest? If

No, Ineligible.

Displays the answer to Question 3A on the Initial


page.

Question 3B:

Does the same order contain

a judicial finding regarding

reasonable efforts to prevent

the removal of the child from



page.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

the home? If No, Ineligible,

unless 4 is Yes.

Question 3C:

Does the Court Order indicate

the Department has

placement and care

responsibility for the child? If

No, Eligible Non-

Reimbursable.

Displays the answer to Question 3C on the Initial


page.

Question 4:

If the child entered out-of-

home care via court order,

does this court order or a

subsequent order within 60

days of removal contain a

judicial finding that the

department made reasonable

efforts to prevent removal or

reasonable efforts to prevent

removal were not required? If

No, Ineligible.



page.

Group Box: Voluntary Removal The questions in this group box apply when the

removal is Extended Foster Care. Please refer to

Section 2.4 Initial Determination (Voluntary) for

more information.

Fields Question 1:

Is the child under age 18? If

Yes, go to question 2B. If No,

Ineligible.



page.

Question 2B:

Is the child a U.S. citizen or

Qualified Non Citizen? If

Yes, go to question 3. If No,

Ineligible



page.

Question 5A:

Was the Voluntary Placement

Agreement signed by the

child's parents or legal

guardian and a representative

of the Department?



page.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Date of VPA: If Question 5A is ‘Yes’, the Date of VPA: is

displayed with the associated date on the Title IV-E

page; displays as MM/DD/YYYY.

Question 5B:

For the Voluntary removal,

was a judicial finding made

within 180 days of signing

the VPA that it is in the

child's best interest to remain

in out of home care?



page.

Group Box: Voluntary Removal – EFC The questions in this group box apply when the

removal is for an EFC. Please refer to Section 4.3

for more information.

Fields Question 1:

Is the Young Adult under age

21? If Yes, go to question 2A.

If No, Ineligible.


Determination tab of the Title IV-E EFC Foster

Care page.

Question 2A:

Does the Young Adult meet

the EFC program

requirements? If No, the

Young Adult is Ineligible.



Care page.

Question 2B:

Is the Young Adult a U.S.

citizen or Qualified Non

Citizen? If Yes, go to

question 5A. If No, Ineligible



Care page.

Question 5A:

Was the Voluntary Placement

Agreement signed by the

Young Adult or legal

guardian, and a representative

of the Department?



Care page.

Date of VPA: If Question 5A is ‘Yes’, the Date of VPA: will

display with the associated date on the IV-E EFC

page; displays as MM/DD/YYYY.

Question 5B: Displays the answer to Question 5B on the Initial


_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

For the Voluntary removal,

was a judicial finding made

within 180 days of signing

the VPA that it is in the

young adult’s best interest to

remain in out of home care?

Care page.

Group Box: Question 6A – Removal

Home (Court Ordered and

Voluntary)

Fields: At the time of or within 6

calendar months of the

initiation of court

proceedings, was the child

living with and removed from

the home of the

parent/specified relative? If

Yes, complete when the child

lived in such a home, name of

parent/relative, relationship to

child, and go to question 6B.

If No, Ineligible.



page.


Name:

Displays the value selected for this field on the Title

IV-E Foster Care page.

Relationship to Child: Displays the value selected for this field on the Title

IV-E Foster Care page.

Date Last Lived with

Parent/Specified Relative:

Displays the Date entered for this field on the Title

IV-E Foster Care page; displays as

MM/DD/YYYY.

Group Box: Question 6B – AFDC

Deprivation (Court Ordered

and Voluntary)

Fields: At the time of removal, was

the child deprived of parental

support? If Yes, indicate

deprivation type. If No,

Ineligible.



page for the child.

Deprivation Type Displays the value selected for this field on the Title

IV-E Foster Care page for the child.

Table Columns Two-Parent Household Displays a row for each parent selected in the

AFDC Information group box on the Basic tab of

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

the Title IV-E Foster Care page where the checkbox

is checked AND Role=Parent; populates this

column with the names of the selected parents.

Total Income for Past 24

Months

Displays total amount of earned income from all

Employment records for the parent that was used in

deriving the answer to Question 6B.

Principal Earner A checkmark displays in this column for the parent

who is flagged as principal earner.

Six Quarters Worked or

Unemployment

Compensation

If principal earner meets the Sufficient Work

History due to receiving worker’s compensation,

“Unemployment Benefits” will display.

For Employment records, fills sequentially with the

end date of each quarter the PE is considered to

have worked and used towards to Sufficient Work

History criteria starting with the earliest quarter in

the 13 quarter block in which criteria is met. If six

quarter criteria is not met, the dates which met the

criteria, if any, will display from the first loop;

displays up to 6 dates.

Based on the AFDC date, FSFN will first look at

the prior 13 quarters, not including the quarter the

AFDC month falls in, and determine if the PE

meets 6 of 13 quarters (must make at least $50 in a

quarter, to count a quarter). If the PE does not meet

this, the 13-quarter block will shift an additional

quarter back. The loop will continue until the logic

hits a 13-quarter cycle that meets the 6 quarter

criteria or, if the 6 quarter criteria is not met after

going through 4 loops in total.

Employed within 30 days of

AFDC Date?

Displays ‘Yes’ if the Employment End Date is:

• 30 days less than or equal to the AFDC date,

• there is no End Date, or

• the End Date is after the AFDC date.

Displays ‘No’ if End Date is greater than 30 days

prior AFDC Date.

Currently Employed? Displays ‘Yes’ if the parent has an Employment

record that is current as of the AFDC Date.

Otherwise displays ‘No’.

Number of Hours Worked As the number of hours worked are documented on

the Employment record as per week, the formula

used to convert the hours worked in a month is the

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

following: (Number of hours worked * 4.3 ) *

(Days Employed in month/Totals Days in month).

Group Box: Question 6A – Removal

Home (EFC)

Fields: The Living With and

Removed From a Specified

Relative criteria is met as a

Young Adult is his/her own

Specified Relative.

Relationship to Child

selection shall be Young

Adult.

Displays the Yes/No answer to Question 6A on the

Initial Determination tab of the Title IV-E EFC

page.

Relationship to Young Adult: Displays the value selected for this field on the Title

IV-E EFC Page.

Group Box: Question 6B – AFDC

Deprivation (EFC)

Fields: At the time of removal, was

the young adult deprived of

parental support? If Yes,

indicate deprivation type. If

No, Ineligible.


Determination tab of the Title IV-E EFC page for

the young adult.

Deprivation Type Displays the value selected for this field on the Title

IV-E EFC page for the young adult.

Group Box: Determining the AFDC

Standard Filing Unit (SFU)

Table Fields: SFU Total = Displays the total number of participants included

in the SFU.

Name Displays a row for each person that is selected in

the Assistance Group or not selected and have a

role in the AFDC Information group box on the

Basic Tab; Pre-fills with First Name, Last Name.

Role Displays the Role that is selected for each person in

the AFDC Information group box on the Basic Tab

of the Title IV-E Foster Care page.; This column

will be blank if no role is selected.

If person meets criteria for Grandparent,

“Grandparent” will display as the role. If the person

meets criteria for Alien Parent, “Alien Parent” will

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

display; If person meets criteria for Full time

Student, “Full Time Student” will display; If person

meets criteria for Part time Student, “Student and

Employee” will display.

Included in SFU? Displays ‘Yes’ or ‘No’ indicating if the participant

is included in the SFU

Exclusion Reason Displays the reason participant is excluded from

SFU; Reasons that will display are “SSI Recipient”,

“Adoption Recipient”, “Alien” or “Grandparent

Income Included”.

Income Calculation Method Displays the Income Calculation method that is

used for answering Question 7 and Question 8;

Reasons that will display are “Standard Budget”,

“Applied Income”, or “Not Included”.

Unable to Verify Income Displays a checkmark if the Unable to Obtain

Income checkbox is checked on the Basic tab;

otherwise, this column will be blank.

Group Box: Question 7 – AFDC Income

Determination (Court

Ordered and Voluntary)

Table Fields: Is the family’s income less

than the Consolidated Need

Standard for the Standard

Filing Unit? If No,

Ineligible.



page for the child.

This is a two-step income test

to establish whether the child

would have been considered a

“needy child” under the

State’s plan in effect on July

16, 1996.

Text field.

Group Box: Question 7 – AFDC Income

Determination (EFC)

Table Fields: Is the young adult’s income

less than the Consolidated

Need Standard for the

Standard Filing Unit? If No,

Ineligible.



the young adult.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

This is a two-step income test

to establish whether the

young adult would have been

considered a “needy child”

under the State’s plan in

effect on July 16, 1996.

Text field.

Step 1. Determination if the

SFU’s adjusted gross income,

after applicable disregards,

exceeds 185% of the AFDC

need standard (CNS). If No,

IV-E Ineligible. If Yes,

process to Step 2.

Text field that continuously displays.

Table: Step 1: Total SFU Income

& Applied Income

Column label that will dynamically display if the

persons included in the SFU do not have an active

Employment record.

Amount Column label that will dynamically display if the


Employment record.

Table Column

Headers:

Name (Role) Dynamically displays the name and role of the

person whose income is calculated; displays as First

Name Last Name with the person’s role displaying

in parenthesis next to the name.

Monthly Amount Dynamic column label for the amount values that

display for various income and asset records,

disregards, or calculations; positive amounts display

as ($0.00); negative amounts display as ($-0.00).

Employer Dynamically displays the name of the employer

from the Employment record.

Effective From Dynamically displays the Effective From date of

the Employment record; displays as

MM/DD/YYYY.

Effective To Dynamically displays the Effective To date of the

Employment record; displays as MM/DD/YYYY.

Type Dynamically displays the type (Full Time, Part

Time, Seasonal, Training Program, Volunteer) from

the Employment record.

Hours per week Dynamically displays the number of hours entered

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

in the ‘Number of Hours Per Week’ field from the

Employment record.

Gross Income:

< a > <(c )>

Dynamically displays if the persons included in the

SFU have an active Employment record.

< a >: Displays the dollar amount from the Gross

Income field of the Employment record.

: Displays the value selected in the Per field

of the Employment record.

< c >: Displays the monthly conversion calculation

which dynamically displays only when the

conversion is used.

< d >: Dynamically displays “# of Pay Periods:

___”. Displays how many pay periods contributed

to the Gross income only if it meets the proration.

Self Employed Operating

Costs:

Dynamically displays the amount entered into the

Operating Costs field from the Employment record,

if applicable.

Bonus Amount: Dynamically displays the amount entered into the

Bonus Amount field from the Employment record,

if applicable.

Commission Amount: Dynamically displays the amount entered into the

Commission Amount field from the Employment

record, if applicable.

Gratuities Amount: Dynamically displays the amount entered into the

Gratuity Amount field from the Employment

record, if applicable.

Training Program Exclusion Dynamically displays the amount equal to the Gross

Income for the Employment record as a negative

value; displays only if “Training Program” is

selected as Type on the Employment page.

Adjusted Monthly Amount

(A):

Dynamically displays the adjusted amount of the

monthly income for the Employment record after

the amount from Gross Income, Self Employed

Operating Costs, Bonus Amount, Commission

Amount, Gratuities Amount, and Training Program

Exclusion are calculated.

Gross Monthly Earned

Income (B):

Dynamically appears as the last row after all

Employment records for the SFU members;

Displays the sum of the Adjusted Monthly Amount

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

(A) fields. (A+A = B).

Unearned Income Type: Dynamically displays the type selected on the

Unearned Income record.

Eff. Start Date: Dynamically displays the Eff. Start Date of the

Unearned Income record; displays as

MM/DD/YYYY.

Eff. End Date: Dynamically displays the Eff. End Date of the


MM/DD/YYYY.

Monthly Amount (A): Dynamically displays the value from the Monthly

Amount field on the Unearned Income record.

Gross Monthly Unearned

Income (B):


Unearned Income records for the SFU member;

Displays the sum of all Monthly Amount (A) fields.

Adjusted Gross Income (C): Dynamically appears as the last row after all

Employment records and Unearned Income records

for the SFU member; Displays the sum of all Gross

Monthly Earned Income (B) and Gross Monthly

Unearned Income (B) amounts. (B + B = C).

Obligated Monies Disregard: Dynamically displays the disregard amount from

stored procedure.

Total Adjusted Gross

Income (D):

Continuously displays the calculated amount

resulting from the sum of all Adjusted Gross

Income (C) amounts minus Obligated Monies

Disregard, if applicable, for SFU members. (D = C+

C – Obligated Monies Disregard); displays $0.00 if

no persons included in the SFU have an active

Employment record or Unearned Income record.

Child Support Disregard (Up

to $50):

Dynamically displays the amount to be disregarded

for any applicable child support up to $50; displays

as a negative value ($-0.00); if not applicable, this

field will not display.

Total SFU Income &

Applied Income (E):

Continuously displays the calculation of Total

Adjusted Gross Income (D) minus Child Support

Disregard, if applicable, plus all the Adjusted

Applied Income (H) fields. (D - Child Support +

Applied Income = E); displays $0.00 if no persons

included in the SFU or Applied Income have an

active Employment record or Unearned Income

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

record.

Questions after

Step 1 Totals

table

Is Total SFU Income greater

than 185% CNS Income

Limit?

Continuously displayed text question and answer.

If total SFU & Applied Income is greater than the

CNS amount at 185% (CNS size is based on SFU

size), the answer will display as ‘Yes.’

If total SFU & Applied Income is less than or equal

to the CNS amount at 185%, the answer will

display as ‘No.’

185% CNS = < > Continuously displays the CNS value for the SFU

size at 185% after the equal sign.

Step 2. Determination if the

SFU’s adjusted gross income,

after applicable disregards,

exceeds 100% of the AFDC

need standard (CNS).

If No, IV-E Ineligible. If Yes,

AFDC income test is met.

Text field that dynamically displays if total SFU &

Applied Income is less than or equal to the CNS

amount at 185% in Step 1.

Table Column

Headers:





Monthly Amount Dynamic column label for the amount values that

display for various income and asset records,

disregards, or calculations; positive amounts display

as ($0.00); negative amounts display as ($-0.00).

Table Fields: Employer: Dynamically displays the name of the employer

from the Employment record.

Effective From: Dynamically displays the Effective From date of

the employment record; displays as

MM/DD/YYYY.

Effective To: Conditionally displays the Effective To date of the

employment record; displays as MM/DD/YYYY; if

Eff. End Date does not exist, this field will be

blank.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Type: Dynamically displays the type (Full Time, Part


the employment record.

Hours per week: Dynamically displays the number of hours entered

in the ‘Number of Hours Worked’ field from the

employment record.

Reduced Income Without

Good Cause:

Conditionally displays only if the Reduced Income

Without Good Cause checkbox is selected on the

employment record; otherwise, this field does

display.

Gross Income:

<a> <(c)>

Dynamically displays if the persons included in the

SFU have an active Employment record.

<a> Displays dollar amount from the Gross Income

field of the Employment record.

 Displays the value selected in the Per field of


<c> Displays the monthly conversion calculation

and dynamically displays only when the conversion

is used; displays in parenthesis and displays the

amount from <a> followed by the applicable

mathematical symbol followed by the conversion

from the Standard Monthly Conversion Chart as

follows:

• Annually = ($0.00 ÷ 12)

• Every 6 months = ($0.00 ÷ 6)

• Quarterly = ($0.00 ÷ 3)

• Twice Monthly = ($0.00 x 2)

• Bi-Weekly = ($0.00 x 2.15)

• Weekly = ($0.00 x 4.3)

• Hourly = (($0.00 x #hours per week x

30.416) ÷ 7) *

*For Hourly conversion, the #hrs per week is

from the ‘Number of Hours Per Week’ field on


<d> Display “# of Pay Period s ___” and how

many pay periods contributed to the Gross

income only if it meets the logic.

Self Employed Operating Dynamically displays the amount entered into the

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Costs: ‘Operating Costs’ field from the Employment page;

if the Self Employed checkbox has not been

selected on the Employment page and no amount is

entered in the ‘Operating Costs’ field, this row will

not display.

Training Program Exclusion Displays amount equal to the Gross Income for the

Employment record as a negative value;

dynamically displays only if ‘Training Program’ is

selected as Type on the Employment page.

Bonus Amount: Dynamically displays the amount entered into the

‘Bonus Amount’ field from the Employment page;

if the Bonus Amount checkbox has not been

selected on the Employment page and no amount

entered in the ‘Bonus Amount’ field, this row will

not display.

Commission Amount: Dynamically displays the amount entered into the

‘Commission Amount’ field from the Employment

page; if the Commission checkbox has not been


entered in the ‘Commission Amount’ field, this row

will not display.

Gratuities Amount: Dynamically displays the amount entered into the

‘Gratuity Amount’ field from the Employment

page; if the Gratuities Amount checkbox has not

been selected on the Employment page and no

amount is entered in the ‘Gratuity Amount’ field,

this row will not display.


(A):


monthly income for the employment record after

the amounts from Gross Income, Self Employed




Employment Disregard: Dynamically displays as a negative value up to $-

90.00 if person has an active Employment record.

Care Expenses Disregard: Dynamically displays the applicable deduction

amount; displays as a negative value ($-0.00)


Income (B):


Employment records for the SFU member; Displays

the sum of all Adjusted Monthly Amount (A) fields.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

(A + A = B).

Unearned Income Type: Dynamically displays the Type selected on the


Eff. Start Date: Dynamically displays the Effective Start Date of the


MM/DD/YYYY.

Eff. End Date Conditionally displays the Eff. End Date of the


MM/DD/YYYY; if Eff. End Date does not exist,

this field will be blank.




Income (B):




Adjusted Gross Income (C): Dynamically displays the calculated amount

resulting from calculating the sum of all Gross

Monthly Earned Income and Gross Monthly

Unearned Income Amounts. (B+B=C).


stored procedure.

Table: Step 2: Total SFU Income

& Applied Income

Column label that will dynamically display the

Total SFU Income and Applied Income

Amount Column label that will dynamically display the

calculated income amounts.

Total Adjusted Gross

Income (D):

Continuously displays the calculated amount

resulting from the sum of all Adjusted Gross

Income (C) amounts minus Obligated Monies

Disregard, if applicable, for SFU members. ( D= C

+ C - Obligated Monies Disregard); displays $0.00

if no persons included in the SFU have an active

Employment record or Unearned Income record.

Child Support Disregard (Up

to $50)

Dynamically displays the amount to be disregarded

for any applicable child support up to $50; displays

as a negative value ($-0.00); if not applicable, this

field will not display.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Total SFU Income &

Applied Income (E):

Continuously displays the calculation of Total

Adjusted Gross Income (D) minus Child Support

Disregard, if applicable, plus all the plus the

Adjusted Applied Income (H) fields. (D) – Child

Support H = E); displays $0.00 if no persons

included in the SFU or Applied Income have an

active Employment record or Unearned Income

record.

Questions after

the Step 2 Table

Is Total SFU Income greater

than 100% CNS Income

Limit

Continuously displays text question and answer.

If total SFU & Applied Income is greater than the

CNS amount at 100% (CNS size is based on SFU

size), the answer will display as ‘Yes.’

If total SFU & Applied Income is less than or equal

to the CNS amount at 100%, the answer will

display as ‘No.’

100% CNS = < > Continuously displays the CNS value for the SFU

size at 100% after the equal sign.

Table Header: AFDC Applied Income Dynamically displayed table if the persons with

Role = Alien Parent, Grandparent, Sponsor,

Sponsor’s Spouse have an active Employment

record or Unearned Income record.

Table Column

Headers





Monthly Amount Dynamically displayed column label for the amount

values that display for various income and asset

records, disregards, or calculations; positive

amounts display as ($0.00); negative amounts

display as ($-0.00).

Table Fields: Employer: Dynamically displays the name of the employer

from the employment record.

Effective From: Dynamically displays the Effective From date of

the employment record; displays as

MM/DD/YYYY.

Effective To: Conditionally displays the Effective To date of the

employment record; displays as MM/DD/YYYY; if

Eff. End Date does not exist, this field will be

blank.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Type: Dynamically displays the type (Full Time, Part


the employment record.

Hours per week: Dynamically displays the number of hours entered

in the ‘Number of Hours Worked’ field from the

employment record.

Gross Income: <a>

<(c)>

Dynamically displays if the persons have an active

Employment record.

<a> Displays dollar amount from the Gross Income

field of the employment record.

 Displays the value selected in the Per field of


<c> Displays the monthly conversion calculation

and dynamically displays only when the conversion

is used; displays in parenthesis and displays the

amount from <a> followed by the applicable

mathematical symbol followed by the conversion

from the Standard Monthly Conversion Chart as

follows:

• Annually = ($0.00 ÷ 12)

• Every 6 months = ($0.00 ÷ 6)

• Quarterly = ($0.00 ÷ 3)

• Twice Monthly = ($0.00 x 2)

• Bi-Weekly = ($0.00 x 2.15)

• Weekly = ($0.00 x 4.3)

• Hourly = (($0.00 x #hours per week x

30.416) ÷ 7)*

*For Hourly conversion, the #hrs per week is

from the ‘Number of Hours Per Week’ field on


<d> Display “# of Pay Period s ___” and how many

pay periods contributed to the Gross income only if

it meets the logic.

Self Employed Operating

Costs:

Dynamically displays the amount entered into the

‘Operating Costs’ field from the Employment page;

if the Self Employed checkbox has not been

selected on the Employment page and no amount is

entered in the ‘Operating Costs’ field, this row will

not display.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Bonus Amount: Dynamically displays with the amount entered into

the ‘Bonus Amount’ field from the Employment

page; if the Bonus Amount checkbox has not been


entered in the ‘Bonus Amount’ field, this row will

not display.

Commission Amount: Dynamically displays with the amount entered into

the ‘Commission Amount’ field from the

Employment page; if the Commission checkbox has

not been selected on the Employment page and no

amount entered in the ‘Commission Amount’ field,


Gratuities Amount: Dynamically displays with the amount entered into

the ‘Gratuity Amount’ field from the Employment

page; if the Gratuities Amount checkbox has not

been selected on the Employment page and no

amount is entered in the ‘Gratuity Amount’ field,



(A):


monthly income for the Employment record after

the amount from Gross Income, Self Employed




Employment Disregard: Dynamically displays as a negative value up to $-

90.00 if person has an active Employment record.

Care Expenses Disregard: Dynamically displays the applicable deduction

amount; displays as a negative value ($-0.00)


Income (B):


Employment records for the SFU member; Displays

the sum of all Adjusted Monthly Amount (A) fields.

(A + A = B).

Unearned Income Type: Dynamically displays the Type selected on the


Eff. Start Date: Dynamically displays with the Effective Start Date

of the Unearned Income record; displays as

MM/DD/YYYY.

Eff. End Date Conditionally displays with the Eff. End Date of the


_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

MM/DD/YYYY; if Eff. End Date does not exist,

this field will be blank.




Income (B):




Adjusted Gross Income (F): Dynamically displays the calculated amount

resulting from calculating the sum of all Gross

Monthly Earned Income (B) and Gross Monthly

Unearned Income Amounts (B).

(B + B = F)

Table Header: Applied Income Totals and

Disregards (Role)

Column label that dynamically displays for persons

with Applied Income. Each role with have its own

separate table; Sponsor and Sponsor’s Spouse totals

are included in a table together.

Amount Column label that dynamically displays for persons

with Applied Income.

Table Fields: Total Gross Income (G): Dynamically displays the calculated amount

resulting from calculating the sum of all Adjusted

Gross Income (F) amounts; (F + F = G)

20% Disregard (up to $175) Dynamically displays a negative number equal to

20% of the Sponsor & Sponsor Spouse’s income up

to $175; displays the disregard amount from stored

procedure.

CNS Disregard: Dynamically displays the disregard amount from

stored procedure.


stored procedure.

Adjusted Applied Income

(H):

Dynamically displays the calculated amount

resulting from the following calculation:

Total Gross Income (G), minus applicable

disregards (20% Disregard, CNS Disregard, and

Obligated Monies Disregard);

(G – disregards = H)

Group Box: Question 8 – AFDC Asset

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Determination (Court


Are the family’s total assets

less than $10,000? If No,

Ineligible.

Continuously displays ‘Yes’ or ‘No’ for Question 8

on the Initial Determination tab of the Title IV-E

Foster Care page for the child or Title IV-E EFC

page for the young adult.

Group Box: Question 8 – AFDC Asset

Determination (EFC)

Is the young adult’s total

assets less than $10,000? If

No, Ineligible.

Continuously displays ‘Yes’ or ‘No’ for Question 8


Foster Care page for the child or Title IV-E EFC

page for the young adult.

Table Header Total Assets Column label that will dynamically display if the


Asset record.

Amount Column label that will dynamically display if the


Asset record.

Table Column

Headers:



Name Last Name; role displays in parenthesis next

to name.

Monthly Amount Dynamically displayed column label for the amount

values that display for various income and asset

records, disregards, or calculations; positive

amounts display as ($0.00); negative amounts

display as ($-0.00).

Table Fields: Type: Dynamically displays the Type from the Asset

record.

Eff. Start Date Dynamically displays the Effective Start Date of the

Asset record; MM/DD/YYYY format.

Eff. End Date Conditionally displays the Eff. End Date of the

asset record; MM/DD/YYYY format; If Eff. End

Date does not existing, this displays as blank.

Amount (K)/ (I): Dynamically displays the value entered in the

Amount field on the Assets page. Label will display

if the Amount field is documented on the Asset

page. Displays as (K) if Sponsor/Sponsor’s spouse;

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Displays as (I) if any other role.

Estimated Value: Dynamically displays the value entered in the

Estimated Value field on the Assets page; if no

Estimated Value amount is entered, this field will

not display.

Amount Owed: Dynamically displays the value entered in the

Amount Owed field on the Assets page; displays as

a negative amount; if no Amount Owed amount is

entered, this field will not display.

Equity Value: Dynamically displays the value from the Equity

Value field on the Assets page; If no Estimated

Value or Amount Owed is entered, this field will

not display.

Primary Homestead

Disregard:

Dynamically displays the disregard amount from

the stored procedure; displays as a negative amount;

only displays the Max asset that qualifies for the

disregard; if the Primary Homestead checkbox is

not selected on the Assets page, this field will not

display.

Good Faith Effort to Sell

Disregard:

Dynamically displays the disregard amount from

the stored procedure; displays as a negative amount;

if the Good Faith Effort to Sell checkbox has not

been selected on the Assets page, this field will not

display.

Funeral Agreement

Disregard:

Dynamically displays the disregard from the stored

procedure; the amount of the asset up to $1500 is

disregarded; displays as a negative amount; if

Funeral Agreement has not been selected as Type

on Assets page, this field will not display.

Burial Plot Disregard: Dynamically displays the disregard amount from

the stored procedure; because the entire asset

amount is disregarded, this value should match the

Equity value; displays as a negative amount; if

Burial Plot has not been selected as Type on Asset

pages, this field will not display.

Vehicle Disregard: Dynamically displays the disregard from the stored

procedure; displays as a negative amount; will only

display for the Max asset that qualifies for the

disregard; If a vehicle has not been selected as Type

on the Assets page, this field will not display.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Adjusted Equity Value (K)/

(I)

Dynamically displays the calculated amount from

the stored procedure resulting from calculating the

Amount / Equity Value (K/I) minus applicable

disregard.

Total Asset Value (J): Dynamically displays the calculated amount from

the stored procedure for any role other than

Sponsor/Sponsor’ Spouse resulting from the

following calculation:

Sum of Adjusted Equity Value (I) for all SFU

members and Alien Parent. (I + I = J)

Sponsor Total Asset Value

(L):

Displays the calculated amount from the stored

procedure for Sponsor/Sponsor’s Spouse resulting

from calculating the sum of Adjusted Equity Value

(K) for Sponsor and Sponsor Spouse. (K + K = L).

Table Column

Headers:

Total Assets Column label that continuously displays.

Amount Column label that continuously displays.

Total SFU Asset Value (M): Continuously displays the calculated amount from


sum of all Total Asset Value (J) amounts. (J + J –

M).

If no persons included in the SFU or Alien Parent

have an active Asset record, this field will display

$0.00.

Total Sponsor Asset Value

(N):

Continuously displays the calculated amount from


sum of all Total Asset Value (L) amounts for

Sponsor and Sponsor’s Spouse. (L + L = N).

This field continuously displays even if there is no

person with Role = Sponsor; if no active Asset

record exists, this field will display $0.00.

Sponsor Disregard (O): Continuously displays as $-1500.00 for the standard

disregard amount or $0.00 if there is no person with

Role = Sponsor; should not display any other

number/amount.

Adjusted Sponsor Asset

Value (P):


the stored procedure resulting from calculating

Total Sponsor Asset Value (N) minus Sponsor

Disregard ($1500); (N - $1500) = P.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

This field continuously displays even if there is no

person with Role = Sponsor; if no active Asset

record exists, this field will display as $0.00. This

number will not be a negative value. If the

calculation is negative, $0.00 will display.

Total Adjusted Asset Value

(Q):


the stored procedure result from calculating Total

SFU Asset Values (M) plus the Adjusted Sponsor

Asset Value (P); (M + P = Q).

Group Box Key Continuously displayed group box that provides a

shorthand code of Eligibility calculations based on

the outlined variables in the tables.

B = A + A – Disregards Text field.

C = B + B Text field.

D = C + C – Obligated

Monies disregard

Text field.

E = D – Child Support + H Text field.

F = B + B Text field.

G = F + F Text field.

H = G – 20% – CNS –

Obligated Monies

Text field.

J = I + I Text field.

L = K + K Text field.

M = J + J Text field.

N = L + L Text field.

P = N – O Text field.

Q = M + P Text field.

Group Box Question 9 (Court Ordered

and Voluntary)

Fields Is the child receiving SSI? If

Yes, Not Reimbursable.

Displays Question 9 on the Initial Determination

tab of the Title IV-E Foster Care page for the child..

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Group Box AFDC Criteria (Court


Fields Does the child meet the

AFDC criteria that were in

effect as of July 16, 1996 at

the time of the removal from

home? If No, Ineligible.

Displays the AFDC Criteria question on the Initial


page for the child.

Group Box Question 9 (EFC)

Fields Is the young adult receiving

SSI? If Yes, Not

Reimbursable.

Displays Question 9 on the Initial Determination

tab of the Title IV-E EFC page for the young adult.

Group Box AFDC Criteria (EFC)

Fields Does the young adult meet

the AFDC criteria that were

in effect as of July 16, 1996

at the time of the removal

from home? If No,

Ineligible.

Displays the AFDC Criteria question on the Initial


the young adult.

Group Box Placements in Current

Removal Episode

Table Fields From Displays the corresponding From date on the Initial


page or Title IV-E EFC page; displays as

MM/DD/YYYY.

To Displays with the corresponding To date on the

Initial Determination tab of the Title IV-E Foster

Care page or Title IV-E EFC page; displays as

MM/DD/YYYY.

Placement Name Displays with the corresponding Placement Name


Foster Care page or Title IV-E EFC page.

Reimbursable Displays with the corresponding Reimbursable data


Foster Care page or Title IV-E EFC page.

Licensed Displays the corresponding Licensed data on the


Care page or Title IV-E EFC page.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

License Effective Displays the corresponding License Effective on the



MM/DD/YYYY.

License End Displays the corresponding License End on the



MM/DD/YYYY.

Service Type Displays the corresponding Service Type on the


Care page or Title IV-E EFC page.

Group Box Eligibility Notes

Text Field Displays the Eligibility Notes on the Initial


page or Title IV-E EFC page.

Buttons: Close Closes the page and returns the user to the desktop.


• All of the data included in the Title IV-E Foster Care Eligibility Worksheet group box is pre-

filled from other fields and is not user modifiable.

• Persons will display in the following order based on role selected: Parent, Step Parent, Minor

Parent, Alien Parent, Household Member, Grandparent, Sponsor, Sponsor Spouse, Child,

Dependent, Full Time Student, Student and Employee.

• The Deprivation table displays only for Court Ordered and Voluntary IV-E’s where two persons

are selected on the Basic tab and have a Role = Parent.

• The Determining the AFDC Standard Filing Until (SFU) group box only displays when the Date

AFDC Applied field has been populated.

• The Exclusion Reason field in the Determining the AFDC Standard Filing Unit (SFU) group box

will display the following reasons to document why the participant is excluded from the SFU:

“Adoption Recipient”, “Alien”, “Grandparent Income Included”, or “SSI Recipient.”

• The Exclusion reason will populate as “Adoption Recipient” if the person has an active

Unearned Income Type of ‘Adoption Subsidy – Other State’ as of the AFDC Day,

Month, and Year or if the person has a Service or Placement with Service Category of

‘Adoption’ as of the AFDC Day, Month, and Year.

• The Exclusion reason will populate as “Alien” if a person meets “Alien” criteria (see

section 5.2.2 for “Alien” logic).

• The Exclusion reason will populate as “Grandparent Income Included” for a Minor

Parent when a ‘Grandparent’ is included in the determination for Applied Income.

• The Exclusion reason will populate as “SSI Recipient” if the person has an active

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Unearned Income Type of ‘SSI’ as of the AFDC Day, Month, and Year.

• Question 7 and Question 8 tables only display for persons with income or resources considered in

the determination.

• When the following roles are selected (Alien Parent, Grandparent, Sponsor, Sponsor’s Spouse),

each role will have their own Applied Income Totals and Disregard table. Sponsor and Sponsor’s

Spouse will both be included in one Applied Income Totals and Disregards table.


• The Eligibility Worksheet fields will update until the Initial Determination is completed; Once

the Initial Determination has been completed, all fields will be frozen.

• The Eligibility Worksheet will be available for the Title IV-E even then the IV-E is copied to

another case such as Post Adoption.

2.17.5 CRUD Matrix

Table C R U D

ELIGIBILITY X

3 Introduction (Title IV-E Eligibility for EFC)

The Title IV-E FC Eligibility page, for Young Adults in the Extended Foster Care (EFC) Program, allows

for the documentation and capturing of a Young Adult’s (18 years of age or older) eligibility for funding

under Title IV-E. The Title IV-E Eligibility for EFC page is ONLY systematically generated if a Young

Adult’s “removal” begins on or after their 18th birthday and is not able to be manually created. This is

because the Title IV-E Foster Care Eligibility Initial Determination is based on the “removal”. Therefore,

if the removal began while the child/young adult was under 18 and they continued into the EFC Program

and did not opt out, the existing Title IV-E Foster Care Eligibility page applies. Furthermore, all manually

created Title IV-E Foster Care Eligibility pages are Non-EFC. Once the EFC IV-E is auto-generated

based on the Removal/Placement, it will remain was it was upon creation (EFC IV-E flag being checked),

even if the date of birth is modified on Person Management. If the user made a mistake on the date of

birth, they will have to end the placement as made in error or void the IV-E and recreate it.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

4 Pages

4.1 Page – IV-E EFC Eligibility

4.1.1 Page Overview

Page Navigation

A Title IV-E Eligibility Determination for EFC will be auto-generated in a removal episode for a young

adult who is 18 or older. A Title IV-E Eligibility for EFC page cannot be manually created in FSFN. It is

auto-generated for all removals.

An Eligibility Specialist with or without an assignment to the case can view or update the Eligibility

page through either the Eligibility icon within a case record on his/her desktop OR by navigating

through Financial Work. Eligibility pages are unique, such that they can be created, updated and

completed without an assignment to the FSFN Case if the user has the applicable security. The one

exclusion to this is the EFC Title IV-E FC Eligibility page, which can be updated and completed through

Financial Work, but cannot be created through Financial Work. Non- Eligibility Specialists with

assignment to a case can access the Eligibility page in view only mode on their desktops through the

same manner. The Eligibility record will be listed as a hyperlink. Selecting the hyperlink will open the

Eligibility page pre-filled with the existing Case, Young Adult, and Eligibility information. Users can also

access the Eligibility page in view-only mode via search results on the Search page, Eligibility icon, and

then selecting the Eligibility hyperlink.

Once the IV-E EFC Eligibility record is generated, information will be pre-filled by the system as

applicable. For Initial Determinations, the Eligibility group box and Demographic information will be

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

pre-filled on the Basic tab. Once an Initial Determination has been completed for a Young Adult, the

Redeterminations tab will be enabled. The Eligibility group box will be pre-filled with the Young

Adult’s information along with both the Basic and Initial Determination tab being pre-filled, but not

editable. From the Redeterminations tab, the user will need to select the radio button of the

redetermination they wish to edit or view.

Once the IV-E page is created and saved, it can be accessed via the Eligibility outliner in the case, or via

the Eligibility drop down on Case Book. The hyperlink will display as Title IV-E Eligibility

Determination (EFC).

Page Summary

The IV-E EFC Eligibility record is initially created upon the approval of the Young Adult’s first

placement (SM10a: Out of Home Placements) where the Service Category is Independent Living. Once

the Initial Determination has been completed as Eligible, the Insert button becomes enabled on the

Redetermination tab. If the Initial Determination is completed as Ineligible, the Insert button on the

Redetermination tab remains disabled and grayed out. If a placement is discharged with the reason

"Permanent Guardianship" or "Placed with a Fit and Willing Relative" and a consecutive placement with

the same Provider ID is made, no new Title IV-E EFC Eligibility will be generated.

The IV-E EFC Eligibility page consists of an Eligibility header group box and three (Basic, Initial and

Redetermination) tabs. The Eligibility group box consists of the Young Adult’s Name (hyperlink), Person

ID, Eligibility ID, Episode End Date, Case Name (hyperlink), Case ID, along with the Title IV-E

Removal Date, the Do Not Refer to Child Support Enforcement check box and the Reason dropdown. The

phrase Eligibility – Extended Foster Care (EFC) will display in red bold lettering in the header beneath

the Episode End Date, indicating it as an AFCARS value. The Young Adult’s Person Management page

is launched upon clicking the Name hyperlink. The Maintain Case page is launched upon clicking the

Case Name hyperlink.

Checking the ‘Do not refer to Child Support Enforcement’ check box and selecting one of four reasons

from the reason dropdown manually prevents the referral of an otherwise eligible Young Adult for

child support services, discontinuing any future exchange of updates with the child support program on a

previously referred child.

The Basic tab consists of four group boxes including Demographic Information, Removal from Home

Information, Removal Home Address, and AFDC Information. The Demographic Information group

box lists the Young Adult’s demographic information from the associated Person Management record.

Thee Voluntary Placement Agreement - Removal from Home Information group box lists the type of

removal, which will always be Voluntary for this IV-E EFC page. The other fields in this group box

display, but do not pre-fill with any removal information and are disabled, grayed out and not required.

The Removal Home Address group box also does not pre-fill with any address information and is

disabled, grayed out and not required. Finally, there is an AFDC Information group box that is also

disabled, grayed out, and not required. Clicking the name hyperlink in the AFDC Information group box

will open the participant’s Assets and Employment page.

The next tab, Initial Determination, is used by the Eligibility Specialist to complete the initial Title IV-E

EFC Eligibility Determination for the Young Adult. This tab is only used for the Initial Determination.

After the initial eligibility determination is screened, the Eligibility Specialist will use the Refer/Return to

Supervisor option from the Actions group box to have the supervisor review the eligibility determination.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

The supervisor will receive an automated message when a Title IV-E EFC Eligibility has been referred.

After the supervisor has reviewed and completed the Title IV-E EFC Eligibility from the Actions group

box, the Initial Determination tab will be frozen except for the Episode End Date. This action will also

enter the Date Completed field. The Eligibility Information group box includes the Eligibility

Determination and Status. The Eligibility Determination field is Red to indicate that the result of the

Eligibility Determination is an AFCAR value. Essential Eligibility dates such as Effective From date

along with the Entry Date, Date AFDC Applies, Date Voided and Date Completed dates are listed for

the initial Eligibility Determination. Below the Eligibility Information group box are the Eligibility

Determination questions and an optional Eligibility Notes group box. When an Initial Determination is

referred to the supervisor, a Medicaid eligibility record is automatically created unless a record already

exists.

The Redeterminations tab is used by the Eligibility Specialist to perform subsequent eligibility

determinations once the Initial Determination has been completed and is Eligible. The status of an

eligibility determination is pending until all questions are answered on the Redetermination tab. The

Eligibility Supervisor completes the screening by selecting Complete Determination from the Actions

group box and selects the Save button. On the Redeterminations tab, the first group box includes a

repeating table containing the Redetermination information. . Below are the questions and an optional

Eligibility Notes narrative text field.

In addition to the three tabs, the Eligibility page contains the EFC Program Eligibility Selection pop-up

page. This pop-up page is used to select and associate the applicable EFC Program Eligibility page, with

associated Program Eligibility Status, to the Title IV-E Foster Care Eligibility for EFC page. Eligibility

Referral History Pop-up page, Income and Assets Select Pop-up page, and the Select Legal page can be

launched from the Actions group box found on all three tabs at the top right corner of the page. The

following hyperlinks only appear when accessed through Edit mode from the desktop or through

Financial Work and hidden when accessed through Search function:

• Refer/ Return to Supervisor;

• Return to Eligibility Specialist;

• Complete Determination;

• Complete Redetermination;

• Submit Void Determination and

• Void Determination.


Group Box: Eligibility

Fields: Young Adult Name Hyperlink The young adult’s name (Last name, First name, and

Middle name); pre-fills from the Person Management

record of the Young Adult associated with the Title

IV-E EFC Eligibility Determination record.

Displayed as a hyperlink which launches the Person

Management page, when clicked. If information is

updated, the IV-E EFC Eligibility page will update

the content automatically when the changes are

made. Not user editable.


the young adult. Not user editable.

Case Name Hyperlink The Case Name associated with Young Adult.

System derived (Last name, First name, Middle

name) from the Case Management record associated

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

with the Title IV-E EFC Eligibility Determination

record selected from the Person Search or the

desktop; displayed as a hyperlink which launches the

Maintain Case page and continues to display in the

current format which is Last name, First name,

Middle initial. If the IV-E EFC Eligibility page is in

"edit" mode, the Maintain Case page will be

displayed in "edit" mode; otherwise, "view only".

Not user editable.

Case ID The unique system generated ID that is associated

with the Young Adults’s case. System derived from

the Title IV-E Foster Care Eligibility Determination

record. Not user editable.

IV-E Removal Date The date the young adult was removed from home;

Defaults to the Removal Date in the Out of Home

Placement page when it creates the eligibility record;


Episode End Date Episode End Date is the Date the Young Adult’s

removal episode ends. Also, it is removed by the

system if the Removal discharge is overridden and if

any changes are made to a Placement Change.

System derived, disabled, not user modifiable; not

required.

Eligibility ID This field pre-fills from the Title IV-E EFC


System derived upon creation; not user editable.

Do not refer to Child Support

Enforcement

Checkbox is always enabled. When check box is

checked, the ‘Reason’ dropdown is enabled and

required. User editable, not required.

Reason Enabled and required if the ‘Do not refer to child

support enforcement’ check box is checked. User

selects option “The child was conceived because of

incest or forcible rape”, “Legal proceedings for the

adoption of the child are pending before the court”,

or “The parent or caretaker relative is considering

relinquishing the child for adoption”.

Group Box: Actions Panel

Fields: Refer/Return to Supervisor This hyperlink will be available and displayed for

selection upon creation of the IV-E EFC Eligibility

page; upon clicking the hyperlink the system will

process all field edits to ensure all required fields are

documented; Hidden when accessed through Search

function.

Eligibility Status Change Displays as a hyperlink in the Actions panel;

launches the Eligibility Status Change pop-up page

when clicked.

Eligibility Referral History Displays as a hyperlink in the Actions panel;

launches the Eligibility Referral History pop-up page

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

when clicked.

Complete Determination This hyperlink will only be available and displayed


action is completed; upon clicking the hyperlink, the

system will process the following edits: Completed

Date field is filled with the current system date,

Complete Determination check box is checked, the

questions on the Initial tab are disabled, and the

current Worker ID and timestamp are saved to

corresponding fields in the Eligibility table; Hidden

when accessed through Search function.

Complete Redetermination This hyperlink will only be available and displayed


action is completed for a Redetermination; upon


following edits:: Date Completed field is filled with

the current system date and is not linked to the entry

date, Complete column is entered with “Yes”,

questions on the Redetermination tab are disabled for

the redetermination instance, and the current worker

ID and timestamp are saved to the corresponding

fields in the ELIG_REDET table; Hidden when


Submit Void Determination/

Void Determination

Voids the Initial Determination and all supplemental

Redetermination records on the Redeterminations

Tab. Available only after the Initial Determination

record has been completed and the worker accessing

the page has the appropriate security. The Submit

Void Determination, and then Void Determination

steps must be completed before the Title IV-E Foster

Care Eligibility page is successfully voided. This

process requires two users to complete. This

hyperlink does not display when viewing the

Redetermination tab; Hidden when accessed through

Search function.

Link Income/Assets

Verification / View

Income/Assets Verification

Displays as a hyperlink in the Actions panel;

launches the Income and Assets Select Pop-up page

when clicked. Once the Initial Determination is

complete, the hyperlink dynamically changes to

displays as View Linked Income/Assets Verification.

Clicking the hyperlink will launch the pop-up page in

view only mode and no changes can be made to it.

Eligibility Worksheet Displays as a hyperlink in the Actions panel;

launches the Eligibility Worksheet Pop-up page when

clicked.

Group Box: Text Panel

Buttons: Save Standard Save Processing

Close Standard Close Processing

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228





• The Episode End Date field will prefill with the date the young adult’s Removal is discharged,

once that discharge is approved.

• FSFN will not allow a FSFN Case to be closed if there is a “Pending” IV-E EFC Foster Care

eligibility record or one without a close date.


have a “Pending” Title IV-E Foster Care Eligibility (Initial or Redetermination).




approve the work.




if they would like to ‘Save changes before closing the page’.

• If the IV-E Removal date is prior to the end date of a prior eligibility for the same person

(irrespective of case), a message stating: ‘Title IV-E Foster Care Removal Date cannot be prior to

the end date of a previous eligibility’ will be displayed.


• If a user attempts to save the Title IV-E EFC Eligibility page and has checked the “Do not refer to

Child Support Enforcement” checkbox but has not selected a Reason, message “Please enter data

in the fields which are highlighted – Eligibility group box – Reason” will be received.

• Upon clicking ‘Save’, the Effective Date is the only required field to initially save the IV-E EFC

Eligibility page. All other field edits are enforced upon clicking the Approval hyperlink.

• Upon attempting to save after removing the Date of Birth, the user will receive a validation

message that the participant has been in at least 1 Removal Episode and therefore the Date of

Birth cannot be removed, only modified. This edit must not consider Removals where all

Placements within the Removal were ended as Made in Error. If a Removal is created and the

page saved to the database, it is a "Removal" and therefore the user cannot delete the Date of

Birth. only once the Placement is approved and only if all placements within the Removal are

ended as Made in Error and there are no other Removals can the user delete the Date of Birth.

This is a validation that checks the FSFN application across the board, not specific to a singular

FSFN Case, based on the Person ID.

4.1.4 CRUD Matrix

Table C R U D

ELIGIBILITY X X

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

PERSON X

CASE X

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

4.2 Tab – Basic

4.2.1 Tab Overview

The Basic tab displays demographic information about the Young Adult which is prefilled from Person

Management when the page is generated.


Group Box: Demographic Information

Fields: DOB The date of birth of the Young Adult for whom the

eligibility is being determined; system derived from

the Young Adult’s Person Management record;

display as plain black text; not user editable.

Age The calculated age of the Young Adult. The

calculation is done dynamically by the system based

on the Eligibility creation date minus the Young

Adult’s DOB; display as plain black text; not user

editable.

SSN Social Security Number from the Young Adult’s

Person Management record; system derived; display

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

as plain black text; not required and not user editable.

Group Box: Voluntary Placement

Agreement - Removal from

Home Information

Fields: Removal from Home Was This field is Null, meaning it does not prefill with

any information; Disabled and grayed out; Not user

modifiable.

Child Removed from Home

of

This field is Null, meaning it does not prefill with


modifiable.

Primary Caregiver This field is Null, meaning it does not prefill with


modifiable.

Relationship to Child This field is Null, meaning it does not prefill with


modifiable.

Relationship to Child This field is Null, meaning it does not prefill with


modifiable.

Group Box: Removal Home Address

Fields: Street This field is Null, meaning it does not prefill with


modifiable.

Apt This field is Null, meaning it does not prefill with


modifiable.

FL City This field is Null, meaning it does not prefill with


modifiable.

City This field is Null, meaning it does not prefill with


modifiable.

State This field is Null, meaning it does not prefill with


modifiable.

Zip This field is Null, meaning it does not prefill with


modifiable.

County This field is Null, meaning it does not prefill with


modifiable.

Home Phone This field is Null, meaning it does not prefill with


modifiable.

Work Phone This field is Null, meaning it does not prefill with


modifiable.

Group Box: AFDC Information

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Fields: Assistance Group All checkboxes are disabled, grayed out and unable

to be selected. Only the person for whom Eligibility

is being determined should be checked.

Participant Name This hyperlink will launch the Assets & Employment

page; in addition, the page must be saved before

being able to launch the Assets & Employment page.

Role Identifies the Role the participant plays relative to

income calculations; drop down is disabled, grayed

out, and not user selectable. Role for the person

Eligibility is being determined for should default to

Child.

Unable to Obtain

Income/Asset Verification

User selected check box. Only enabled if the person

is in the Assistance Group.

Action







• Upon clicking any of the hyperlinks to launch other FSFN pages, the IV-E EFC Eligibility page

must be saved directly prior to clicking the hyperlink if a change has been made. If a change has

been made but page not saved, the following validation message is displayed: “The IV-E Foster

Care Eligibility page must be saved.” <Close>

• Upon returning from making an update to another FSFN module, the system will automatically

refresh the IV-E EFC Eligibility page to update any applicable information. Additionally, if the

other FSFN pages were accessed external to the IV-E EFC Eligibility page, each time the IV-E

EFC Eligibility page is launched, it will automatically refresh upon opening the page.

• Upon selecting the Print Screen command button at the top of the IV-E EFC Eligibility page, the

system will print all information currently displayed on the screen/tab, including any information

under the scroll bar or within an expando.

• If one or more individuals in the Assistance Group have “Unable to obtain income/asset

verification” checked, the AFDC question will be set to No and the young adult will be Ineligible.






• Standard Save Processing

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

4.2.5 CRUD Matrix

Table C R U D

ELIGIBILITY X X

PERSON X

ADDRESS X X

ELIG_REDET X

CODE_DESC X

WORKER X

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

4.3 Tab – Initial Determination for Extended Foster Care (EFC)

4.3.1 Tab Overview




shows if the determination has been voided, and a user-entered field that shows if the determination is

not applicable along with a Reason text field, and five significant date fields (Effective From date, Entry

Date, Date AFDC Applies, Date Voided, and Date Completed). The page also contains the Assistance

Group/ Standard Filing Unit Information group box; which is included in the Questions 7-10 expando. It

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

contains the fields Assistance Group, Standard Filing Unit, Step 1:, Step 2:, and Assets.

Once an eligibility status has been determined and completed by the worker’s supervisor, the Initial

Determination tab will freeze, and all fields will be grayed out, except the Episode End Date.






Fields: Eligibility Determination System derived radio buttons with four selections:



editable; defaults to ‘Pending’; The Eligibility



Determination” process has been completed, the

Initial Determination tab becomes frozen and no

longer user modifiable; AFCARS value.



begin date of the first Independent Living

placement; user editable; required.





00/00/0000.

Date AFDC Applies Pre-fills with the Date of Voluntary Placement

Agreement documented on the Out of Home

Placement associated with the beginning of the

Removal Episode. Pre-fills with the Date of

Voluntary Placement Agreement documented on

the Out of Home Placement associated with the

beginning of the Removal Episode. This field is not

required, but the Eligibility Determination will

automatically be Ineligible if this field is null.





00/00/0000.

Determination Complete Check box to indicate that the initial eligibility

determination is complete, and information cannot

be changed; system derived when ‘Complete

Determination’ is selected from the Actions panel.

Not user editable; defaults to unchecked. (OCA

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228


completed determinations. See FM04


Determination Voided Check box to indicate that the initial eligibility

determination and all subsequent redeterminations

are voided; system derived when the ‘Void

Determination’ process is completed; 2 steps are

required to complete the ‘Void Determination’

process; Submit Void Determination is the first

step and Void Determination is the second step;

selections are made from the Actions panel. Not

user editable; defaults to unchecked.

Date Voided The system date when the Initial Determination is

voided; system derived from system date when

‘Void Determination’ is selected from the Actions

panel; not user editable; defaults to 00/00/0000.

Determination N/A User selected check box to indicate that the initial

eligibility determination is not applicable; defaults

to unchecked. When check box is checked, the

‘Reason’ text field is enabled and required. NOTE:




OCAs applied.

Reason Reason for which the determination is not

applicable; enabled and required if ‘Determination

N/A’ check box is checked; user entered text field;

defaults to spaces. (75-character limit). NOTE:




OCAs applied.

Fields: Question 1 ‘Is the Young Adult under the age of 21? If Yes, go

to Question 2A. If No, Ineligible.’ Defaults to

‘Yes’ if Young Adult’s age is less than 21 at time

of Eligibility record creation; defaults to ‘No’ if

Young Adult’s age is greater than or equal to 21 at

time of Eligibility record creation. Not user

editable.

Date AFDC Applies is compared to the participants

DOB to autofill answer of ‘Yes’ or ‘No’. Date

AFDC Applies must be populated for logic to

default answer; otherwise, the answer will not

populate.

Question 2A ‘Does the Young Adult meet the EFC program

requirements? If no, the Young Adult is

Ineligible.’; Yes and No radio button selection is

system derived based on the selected EFC

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Eligibility; if EFC Eligible pre-fills Yes; if EFC

Ineligible pre-fills No; if Pending, pre-fills No;

Link EFC Program Eligibility Hyperlink that displays to the right of the Yes/No

radio buttons for Question 2A. Upon selecting the

hyperlink, the EFC Program Eligibility Selection

pop-up page will display.

EFC Program Eligibility

Determination

Hyperlink; displays only after selecting an EFC

Program Eligibility Determination from the EFC

Program Eligibility Pop-up Page; launches the

associated EFC Program Eligibility page

De-link EFC Program

Eligibility

Hyperlink; displays only after selecting an EFC

Program Eligibility Determination from the EFC

Program Eligibility Pop-up Page; Upon selection,

de-links the currently linked Program Eligibility

and reverts the Hyperlink selection for question 2

back to Link EFC Program Eligibility.

Question 2B ‘Is the Young Adult a U.S. Citizen or a Qualified

Non-Citizen?’ If ‘Yes’, go to question 5A. If No,

Ineligible.’ System derived from Person

Management; not user modifiable;

The following radio buttons are selected based on

Person Management: Yes, U.S. Citizen; Yes,

Qualified Non-Citizen; or No; No displays if

Person Management either doesn't have a

Citizenship selected (null) or Non-Qualified, Non-

Citizen is selected; if Qualified Non-Citizen is

selected on Person Management, the ‘Non-Citizen

ID’ field displays the associated Non-Citizen ID in

plain black text.

Question 5A ‘Was the Voluntary Placement Agreement signed

by the Young Adult or legal guardian, and a

representative of the Department?’

If there is a Voluntary Placement Agreement Date

documented on Out-of-Home Placement, derived

as Yes; otherwise No; not user modifiable.

Date of VPA This field pre-fills with the Date of Voluntary

Placement Agreement documented on the Out of

Home Placement associated with the beginning of

the removal episode; not user modifiable.

Question 5B ‘For the Voluntary removal, was a judicial finding


in the Young Adult’s best interest to remain in out

of home care?’ Yes, No, and Pending Judicial

Finding user selected radio buttons;

If "Yes" is selected, o the Date field is enabled and required o the select legal document hyperlink is


_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228


If "No" is selected and the young adult has been in

Out of Home care for more than 180 days, the

young adult is Ineligible and the date field is

disabled and grayed out and the select legal

document hyperlink does not display.


o the Eligibility Determination can be

completed

o all other questions considered, will be





Date Displayed next to the Yes radio button.


required if Yes is selected.








cases that are associated with the young adult for

whom the eligibility is being documented; once a

Legal Document is selected and the user clicks

Continue from the Select Legal Document pop-up,

the Select Legal Document hyperlink will no

longer display.




again.







continue to display even after the Initial

Determination is complete; The hyperlink name is

displayed as the Document Name that is selected

on the associated Legal Documentation page (i.e.

Custody and Placement – Motion and Order;


_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228




display.





displayed; Once the Initial Determination is

referred to the supervisor, this hyperlink will no

longer display; If the supervisor refers the Initial

Determination back to the Eligibility Specialist,





Legal Document.

Fields: Question 6A ‘The Living with and Removed from a Specified

Relative criterion is met as a Young Adult is

his/her own Specified Relative. Relationship to

Child selection shall be Young Adult.’ User

selected radio button;

Relationship to Young Adult User selected drop down; enabled and not required

if the ‘Yes’ radio button is selected.


Name

Null; disabled and grayed out; not user modifiable.

Question 6B ‘At the time of removal, was the Young Adult

deprived of parental support? If Yes, indicate

deprivation type. If No, Ineligible’; user selected

radio button with the options of ‘Yes’ and ‘No’; if

Yes is selected, Deprivation Type is required.

Deprivation Type The Deprivation Type is conditionally enabled and

required if Yes is selected; otherwise disabled and

grayed out; contains the following values: Absence

of Mother; Absence of Father; Absence of Both

Parents; Death; Documented disability or

incapacity; Single Parent Adoption; Termination of

Parental Rights; Unemployment parent; and

Underemployment parent. The associated Reason

for Mother and Reason for Father associated drop

downs will dynamically display based on the

selected Deprivation Type - therefore, only if

Absence of Both Parents is selected will both drop

downs with associated text fields be displayed; if

Absence of Mother is selected only the Reason for

Mother drop down is displayed; if Absence of

Father is selected only the Reason for Father drop

down is displayed; if any other values are selected,

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

neither drop down is displayed.

Reason for Mother Enabled and required Reason drop down when the


Mother" "Absence of Father" or "Absence of Both

Parents"; values include Death, Abandonment,

Other, Incarceration, Paternity Not Established,

Divorce and Other.




characters.






Additional tab of the young adult's Person

Management record; the Mother and Father labels

will NOT display unless one of the 3 values

identified is selected; likewise, if only one is

identified as absent, only that applicable label will

display.

Reason for Father Enabled and required Reason drop down when the


Mother" "Absence of Father" or "Absence of Both

Parents"; values include Death, Abandonment,

Other, Incarceration, Paternity Not Established,

Divorce and Other.




characters.






Additional tab of the young adult's Person

Management record; the Mother and Father labels

will NOT display unless one of the 3 values

identified is selected; likewise, if only one is

identified as absent, only that applicable label will

display.

Expando Questions 7 – 10 ** For more information on Assistance Group /

Standard Filing Unit, please refer to the AFDC

Income Calculations section in this topic paper.

Group Box: Assistance Group/Standard

Filing Unit Information

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Fields: Assistance Group System derived based on the participants selected

in Assistance Group on the Basic tab; disabled and


Standard Filing Unit (SFU) Field is system derived from stored SFU

calculation procedure; family size based on

participants in Assistance Group.


page; This is the resulting amount that is compared

to the CNS @ 185% and is the Total SFU Income

& Applied Income Amount.


page; This is the resulting amount that is compared

to the CNS @ 100% and is the Total SFU Income

& Applied Income Amount.

Assets System derived from the Assets and Employment

page; Not user editable.

The amount will determine the answer to Question

8. Default to ‘No’ if amount is greater than

$10,000. Defaults to ‘Yes’ if amount is less than or

equal to $10,000.

For more information, please see Section 5 on

AFDC Calculations in this topic paper.

Fields: Question 7 ‘Is the Young Adult’s income less than the

Consolidated Need Standard for the Standard

Filing Unit (SFU)? If No, Ineligible.’ System

derived radio button of ‘Yes’ or ‘No’ calculated

based on the amounts in Step 1 and Step 2.

compared against the CNS guidelines; disabled and


Question 8 ‘Are the Young Adult's total assets less than

$10,000? If No, Ineligible.’ System derived radio

button of ‘Yes’ or ‘No’ calculated based on the

Assets field; disabled and grayed out; not user

modifiable.


Removal Episode

This field lists all placements for the Young Adult

in the current removal episode based on the IV-E

Effective From date, except for placements ended

for the reason ‘Made in Error’; Placements added

through Placement Correction will also display if

the Title IV-E is Pending.

From The beginning date of the placement; system



To The end date of the placement; system derived



_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228




Reimbursable Checkbox; system derived; not user editable

Licensed Checkbox identifies whether the placement

provider’s license is applicable to provide services

for the Young Adult and shows the status. System

pre-fills if the provider has an effective License

page. Not user editable.

License Effective The License Begin Date of the license which

appears in the Licensed column system derived

from the Provider License page. Not user editable.

License End The License End Date of the license which appears

in the Licensed column system derived from the





Question 9 ‘Is the Young Adult receiving SSI? If Yes, Not

Reimbursable.’ System derived as Yes based on

the Young Adult having Unearned Income

documented on Assets & Employment with a Type

of "Supplemental Security Income (SSI)" as of the

Initial Determination Effective Date where the

Effective End Date is "null" or has not passed;

otherwise, system derived as No; not user

modifiable.

SSI Begin Date System derived; if Yes was derived from Assets &

Employment, derived where the Unearned Income

"Type" is Supplemental Security Income (SSI) and

populates with the Effective Start Date; not user

modifiable.

AFDC Criteria 'Does the Young Adult meet the AFDC criteria that

were in effect as of July 16, 1996 at the time of

removal from the home? If No, Ineligible.’ System

derived, disabled and grayed out based on the

selections already made as follows: System derived

as Yes if all of the following questions are Yes:

Question 1 Question 2B, Question 6A, Question

6B, Question 7 and Question 8; Otherwise, system

derived as No.


Fields: Eligibility Notes User editable until the Determination is completed;

1000-character limit; enabled, not required.



_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228



Information table directly above. When the "Refer/ Return to Supervisor" hyperlink is selected,

the system will compare the user’s worker ID to the Worker ID of the person selected to route for

approval. If these worker IDs match, the following validation message will display:


• When the “Complete Determination” hyperlink is selected, the system will compare the worker

ID of the user who clicked the Complete Determination hyperlink to the worker ID of the user

who did the Refer/Return to Supervisor process. If these worker IDs match, a validation message

will be thrown indicating the worker completing the determination CANNOT be the same

Worker ID of the worker who referred the eligibility for completion. NOTE: The worker who

referred the eligibility determination CAN return it to themselves in order to make updates if

necessary.

• The IV-E Removal Date can be the same the same date as a previously discharged Episode Date.

• After selecting the Link EFC Program Eligibility Determination hyperlink and selecting an EFC

Program Eligibility Determination the user will be returned to the Initial Determination for

Extended Foster Care (EFC) page and two new hyperlinks will be displayed to the right of

Question 2A in the place of the Link EFC Program Eligibility hyperlink.

o Hyperlink labeled EFC Program Eligibility Determination, which launches the associated

EFC Program Eligibility page.

o Hyperlink labeled De-link EFC Program Eligibility; upon clicking the De-link EFC

Program Eligibility hyperlink FSFN will show a = validation prompt asking if the user is

sure they wish to de-link the associated EFC Program Eligibility with a Yes/ No

selection.

• When determining the Eligibility of the Young Adult, once all the questions on the Initial

Determination tab are answered, if the Young Adult is determined to be Eligible, regardless if the

Placement in which the young adult is currently placed is not “Licensed”, the young adult will be

Eligible and Reimbursable. This is ONLY if flagged for EFC and is because Independent Living

“Service Category” Placements are always flagged as Reimbursable irrespective of being licensed or

not.

• For Question 1 on the IV-E, when flagged as EFC, the Date AFDC Applies is compared to DOB

to determine if the participant is under 21 years old. If the Date AFDC Applies field is null,

Question 1 answer will not populate.

• If Yes is selected for Question 5B but no date is entered, upon attempting to save the following


o Please enter data on Initial Determination Tab – Question 5B Pending Judicial Date.

• For Question 5B, the date entered should be within 180 days after the date of the VPA. If the

date entered falls outside of the 180 days, the following validation displays:

o The response to Question 5B is not within 180 days of the VPA Date. Please enter a valid

date prior to saving the page

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

• Upon selecting the Refer/ Return to Supervisor hyperlink, if Yes is selected for Question 5B, the



o A Legal Document must be linked in relation to Question 5B. Please make the necessary

updates. <Close>



o Please enter data on Initial Determination Tab – Deprivation Type.



o Please enter data on Initial Determination Tab – Reason for Mother.

o Please enter data on Initial Determination Tab – Reason for Father.

• If ‘Absence of Mother is selected for Question 6B and a user attempts to save, the following


o Please enter data on Initial Determination Tab – Reason for Mother.

• If ‘Absence of Father is selected for Question 6B and a user attempts to save, the following


o Please enter data on Initial Determination Tab – Reason for Father.

• The AFDC Information will automatically refresh each time the Title IV-E Extended Foster Care

page is launched until the Initial Determination is completed. Once the Initial Determination is

completed, the AFDC information becomes frozen and will not update. It will not refresh to

display any new applicable participants who meet the determination criteria, nor will it refresh to

display any participant who have been removed and no longer meet the determination criteria.



reimbursable if the provider with whom the young adult is placed has a CCA License Type with a

Sub-Type of "Public Institution > 25 beds".

• A young adult will appear on the Create Young Adult Selection pop-up page if they have a

“Pending” EFC IV-E Eligibility Determination (Initial or Redetermination).

• Voluntary Initial Determination statuses:

o An Eligible and Reimbursable Determination status is obtained if the young adult meets


▪ Questions 1, 2A, 2B, 5A, 7, 8 and AFDC Criteria are system derived = Yes;

▪ Question 5B is user selected as = Yes or Pending Judicial Finding;

▪ Questions 6A and 6B are user selected = Yes

▪ Question 9 is system derived = No AND

▪ Provider is licensed for the service at the time of placement “as of” the Effective

Date OR

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

o An Eligible, Not-Reimbursable Determination status is obtained if the young adult meets


▪ Questions 1, 2A, 2B, 5A, 7, 8 and AFDC Criteria are system derived = Yes;

▪ Question 5B is user selected as = Yes or Pending Judicial Finding;

▪ Questions 6A and 6B are user selected = Yes

▪ Question 9 is system derived = Yes OR

▪ Provider is not licensed for the service at the time of placement “as of” the

Effective Date OR

▪ The placement does not have service category of Independent Living.

o The “Pending Judicial Finding” selection is explained further in Section 4.3.2 Question

5B.

o If the license is "on hold" as of the Effective Date of the Redetermination, FSFN will still


o Anything other than the above combinations in the previous two bullet points for Eligible

and Reimbursable or Eligible, Not Reimbursable will make the young adult Ineligible.





• The Date AFDC Applies is not required when saving the EFC Title IV-E Foster Care Eligibility

page. The Eligibility Determination will automatically be Ineligible if the Date AFDC Applies

field is null.

• The ‘Effective From’ date is required on the Initial Determination tab to initially save the page.

Based on the responses for the questions on the ‘Initial Determination’ tab, various fields may

also be required. If any of these fields are null, the user will receive an error validation stating,

‘Please enter data in the fields which are highlighted - <field name>.’ upon attempting to submit

the Initial Determination for supervisor review.

• If the ‘Effective From’ date value is prior to the ‘IV-E Removal Date’, on save processing the

user will receive an error message stating, ‘Effective From date cannot be before the Title IV- E



• Once the Determination is complete, the questions on the Initial Determination tab are disabled

and frozen.

• If Complete Determination action is selected by the supervisor and successfully processed, the


o The Date Completed field is filled with the current system date


o The questions on the Initial Determination tab are disabled.

o The current worker ID is saved to the field ELIGIBILITY.id_st_apprval.

o The timestamp is saved to the field ELIGIBILITY.dt_cmplt.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

4.4 Tab – Redetermination for Extended Foster Care (EFC)

4.4.1 Tab Overview

The Redeterminations tab displays the history of all Title IV-E EFC Eligibility Redeterminations for

the Young Adult’s removal episode. Until a Redetermination row is inserted, the questions on the tab are

disabled and grayed out. A pending Redetermination record is created by clicking the Insert button,

entering the Effective Date, and saving. The Eligibility Specialists can manually insert rows anywhere in

the table on the Redeterminations tab under the following logic:








Ineligible, the Insert button will remain disabled and grayed out. The Redetermination will remain in

pending status until all questions on the tab have an answer and will refresh each time the page is

launched while the Redetermination is pending.


_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228






























AFCARS value.







00/00/0000.









_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228





00/00/0000.

Submit Void / Void

Redetermination

























panel.



















_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228





Fields: Question 1 ‘Is the Young Adult under the age of 21? If Yes, go

to Question 2. If No, Ineligible.’ User selected

radio buttons with the options of ‘Yes’ and ‘No’;

defaults to ‘Yes’ if Young Adult’s age is less than

21 at the ‘Effective From’ date of the

redetermination; defaults to ‘No’ if Young Adult’s

age is greater than or equal to 21 as of the

‘Effective From’ date; required.

Question 2 ‘For the Voluntary removal, was a judicial finding


in the young adult’s best interest to remain in out

of home care? If no, Ineligible.’ ‘Yes,’ ‘No,’ and

‘Pending Judicial Finding’ are user selected radio

buttons. ‘N/A’ radio button is system derived.

If "Yes" is selected,

• the Date field is enabled and required • the select legal document hyperlink is

displayed, and the user is required to attach the

associated legal document.

If "No" is selected and the young adult has been in

Out of Home care for more than 180 days, the

young adult is Ineligible and the date field is

disabled and grayed out and the select legal

document hyperlink does not display.

If N/A is system derived, the background

processing is the same as Yes, meaning N/A would

NOT make the Young Adult ineligible.


• the Eligibility Determination can be completed




If “Yes” or “Pending Judicial Finding” is selected,

all other questions considered, the young adult will

be Eligible and Reimbursable.

If the Redetermination is manually inserted and

Question 5B on the Initial Determination was ‘Yes’

or Question 2 on the previous Redetermination was

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

‘Yes’, this question is system derived as ‘N/A’ and

will be disabled, grayed out, and not user

modifiable.

Furthermore, the logic no longer requires a judicial

finding stating that it is in the Young Adult's best

interest to remain in out of home care when

referring to the supervisor, nor does it apply to the

overall Eligibility Determination.

Date Displayed to the right of the Yes button.


required if Yes is selected; After entering the Date,

in order to save, the user must also select the

applicable Legal Document. If no Date is entered

and the Redetermination is completed as Ineligible,

the Date is disabled and grayed out.








cases that are associated with the young adult for

whom the eligibility is being documented; once a

Legal Document is selected and the user clicks

Continue from the Select Legal Document pop-up,

the Select Legal Document hyperlink will no

longer display.




again.

After entering the Date, in order to save, the user

must select the applicable Legal Document. If no

Date is entered and the Redetermination is created

as Ineligible, the hyperlink no longer displays.







continue to display even after the Redetermination

is complete; The hyperlink name is displayed as

the Document Name that is selected on the

associated Legal Documentation page (i.e. Custody

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

and Placement – Motion and Order; Shelter Order/

Order to Take into Custody, etc.).




display.





displayed; Once the Redetermination is referred to

the supervisor, this hyperlink will no longer

display; If the supervisor refers the

Redetermination back to the Eligibility Specialist,





Legal Document.


Young Adult receiving SSI? If Yes, Eligible, Non-


young adult has Assets & Employment with

Unearned Income with a Type of "Supplemental

Security Income (SSI)"; otherwise, no.

SSI Begin Date The date the Young Adult began receiving SSI

benefits. System derived based on the following: if

the participant has an Assets & Employment record

with Unearned Income of "Supplemental Security

Income (SSI)", then populates with the Effective

Date; otherwise null; disabled and grayed out.


Removal Episode

This table lists all placements in the current

removal episode for the Young Adult based on the

IV-E Effective From date while the EFC IV-E is

Pending and is displayed in reverse chronological

order; placements ended for the reason ‘Made in

Error’ are not displayed; placements added through

Placement Correction will also display if the EFC

IV-E is Pending










_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228



based on the Provider being licensed for the

associated Service Type when Title IV-E Foster

Eligibility page is NOT flagged as EFC; when

flagged as EFC, always system derived as

Reimbursable.



provide services for the young adult and shows the

status. System pre-fills the license status from the




page.



page.














• When determining the Eligibility of the Young Adult once all the questions on the

Redeterminations tab are answered, if the Young Adult is determined to be Eligible, regardless if

the Placement in which the young adult is currently placed is not “Licensed”, the young adult will

be Eligible and Reimbursable. This is ONLY if flagged for EFC and is because Independent Living

“Service Category” Placements are always flagged as Reimbursable irrespective of being licensed or

not.



o Effective From Date cannot be before the Title IV-E Foster Care Removal Date.



o The Effective Date of the Redetermination cannot be prior to the Effective Date of the


• If the Date field under Question 2 is enabled and the user attempts to save without entering a date,

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

the following validation message will appear:

• Please enter date on Redeterminations Tab – Question 2 Pending Judicial Date. <Close>

• For Question 2, the date entered should be within 180 days after the date of the VPA. If the date

entered is greater than 180 days, the following validation message will display:

• The response to Question 2 is not within 180 days of the VPA Date. Please enter a valid


• Upon selecting the Refer/ Return to Supervisor hyperlink, if Yes is selected, the system will

validate that a Legal Document has been linked. The following validation message will display if

a Legal Document is not linked:


updates. <Close>

▪ In the Placements in Current Removal Episode table, the current placement will

be not checked as reimbursable if the provider with whom the young adult AND

▪ The provider is licensed for service at the time of placement "as of" the Effective

Date OR


• An Eligible, Not-Reimbursable Determination status is obtained if the young adult meets the

following criteria:





Effective Date OR

▪ The placement does not have service category of Independent Living; OR

▪ A manual Redetermination is inserted, and the provider the young adult is placed

with as of the ‘Effective From’ date has a non-compliance period documented

with a Start Date and End Date on the Organization Provider Compliance History

page or Person Provider Compliance History page for the entire month in which

the ‘Effective From’ date occurs.

• If the License is "on hold" as of the Effective Date of the Redetermination FSFN will still treat it

as reimbursable with all other questions considered.


reimbursable if the provider with whom the young adult is placed has a CCA License Type with a

Sub-Type of "Public Institution > 25 beds.”

• The autogenerated Redetermination should not check for the license of the provider for an EFC.

• IMPORTANT NOTE: Anything other than the above combinations in the previous two bullet

points for Eligible and Reimbursable or Eligible, Not Reimbursable will make the young adult

Ineligible.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228



continue? <Yes><No>



displays





hyperlink


displays

• A young adult will appear on the Create Young Adult Selection pop-up page if they have a

“Pending” EFC IV-E Eligibility Determination (Initial or Redetermination).

• If either a completed Initial Determination has Question 5B answered as Pending Judicial Finding

or a completed Redetermination does not have Question 2 answered as yes, a daily batch running

at 6AM EST will autogenerate an Ineligible Redetermination row on the 181st day from the VPA

date. FSFN will then autocomplete this row as follows:

o Question 1 – Young Adult’s age as of Effective From date.

o Question 2 – No


• For Redeterminations autogenerated by placement changes (from a licensed to an unlicensed

placement OR an unlicensed placement to a licensed placement), the questions will auto populate

as follows:

o Question 1 – Young Adult’s age as of Effective From date.

o Question 2 – Depending on which is present or more recent, will be prefilled as N/A if

Question 5B on the Initial Determination is Yes, or Question 2 on the most recent

Redetermination is either Yes or N/A. It will be prefilled as Pending Judicial Finding if

either Question 5B on the Initial Determination or Question 2 on the most recent

Redetermination is Pending Judicial Finding.


• For a young adult placed with a provider who is Out of Compliance with Background Screening

Requirements for a full calendar month, FSFN enters a EFC Title IV-E Redetermination entry.

o Step 1: FSFN determines if the provider is out of compliance for a full calendar month




o Step 2: FSFN then looks at completed, non-voided determinations and determines if any

‘Eligible’ young adults were placed with this provider in a service type that requires a

license during the non-compliance month. FSFN determines if a Service Type requires a

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

license by looking at the License Required field on the Maintain Service page. If yes,

continue to Step 3.

o Step 3: FSFN inserts a completed and approved EFC Title IV-E redetermination row with

the following:



compliance month, use first day of the month.


▪ Completed?: Yes



▪ Question 1: Answer based on DOB as of Effective From date






▪ Question 4: System-derived as ‘Yes’ if the young adult has Assets &

Employment with Unearned Income with a Type of "Supplemental Security

Income (SSI)"; otherwise, no.

▪ Placement in Current Removal Episode: For the Provider with the non-

compliance history, Reimbursable checkbox is not selected



o Step 4: At the end of the Provider’s non-compliance month, FSFN inserts a completed,

approved Redetermination entry for any IV-E Eligible young adult that was placed during

the non-compliant month. The following logic is used for the Redetermination:

▪ Eligibility Determination: ‘Eligible and Reimbursable’ (if all questions meet

criteria)


the last day the young adult was placed with the Provider during the non-

compliant month


▪ Completed?: Yes


▪ Status Change: ‘Placed in a Reimbursable facility’

▪ Question 1: Answer based on DOB as of Effective From date





_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228


▪ Question 4: System-derived as ‘Yes’ if the young adult has Assets &

Employment with Unearned Income with a Type of "Supplemental Security

Income (SSI)"; otherwise, no.

▪ Placement in Current Removal Episode: For the Provider that is compliant and




• Upon entering a manual Redetermination that is EFC Title IV-E Eligible and Reimbursable based

on the eligibility status of the redetermination that is being completed, FSFN determines if the

young adult’s placement provider on the Effective Date has an open compliance entry. If the

Provider has an open non-compliance entry after the Effective From date of the Redetermination

being entered (meaning no End Date for the non-compliance row), the following validation

message displays when clicking the Refer/Return to Supervisor or Complete Redetermination

hyperlink:

o “The child’s current provider is out of compliance for background screening safety


<Yes> <No>

If Yes is selected, the EFC Title IV-E Redetermination is either referred to the supervisor or

completed based on the hyperlink selected. If No is selected, the user is returned to the EFC Title

IV-E page.

• Upon entering a manual Redetermination, FSFN compares the ‘Effective From’ date to the young

adult’s placement provider’s background screening compliance history page. If the provider was








approve the work.





• The ‘Effective From’ date is required to refer the Redetermination to the Supervisor. Based on the


any of these fields are null, upon clicking the Refer/ Return to Supervisor hyperlink the user will

receive an error validation stating, ‘Please enter data in the fields which are highlighted - <field

name>’ upon attempting to submit the Redetermination for supervisor review.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228















editable.

• For Question 2, upon entering the Date and linking the Legal Document and successfully saving,

the user must refer the Eligibility Determination to the supervisor a second time.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

4.5 EFC Program Eligibility Pop-up

4.5.1 Tab Overview

The EFC Program Eligibility pop-up is accessed from the IV-E EFC Eligibility page, via a hyperlink next

to Question 2A. This pop-up page allows the user to view and link applicable EFC program eligibility to

the IV-E EFC Eligibility page.



Fields: FSFN Case Name Displays the Case Name of the associated case;

displays as Last name, First name, Middle name;

system derived; plain black text

Case ID Displays the Case ID of the associated case; system

derived; plain black text

Eligibility ID Displays the unique ID generated for the Title IV-E

EFC Eligibility page from which the pop-up page

was launched; system derived; plain black text

Group Box: EFC Program Eligibility

Records

Select Displays a radio button for each record displayed.

Date Applied Pre-fills with the Date Applied captured on the

associated EFC Program Eligibility page; displays as

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

MM/DD/YYYY; plain black test; not user

modifiable.

Effective/Enrolled Date Pre-fills with the Effective/ Enrolled Date captured

on the associated EFC Program page; displays as

MM/DD/YYYY; plain black text; not user

modifiable.

EFC Eligibility Determination Pre-fills with the Eligibility Determination captured

on the associated EFC Program Eligibility page;

displays the value in plain black text exactly as it

displays in the EFC page; not user modifiable.

Termination/ Redetermination

Reason

Displays either the Termination Reason or

Redetermination Reason selected on the associated

EFC Program Eligibility page, whichever is

applicable; displays as plain black text; not user

modifiable; if not Terminated or Redetermined, this

field will be null (empty).

Termination/ Redetermination

Date

Displays either the Termination Date or

Redetermination Date documented on the associated

EFC Program Eligibility page, whichever is

applicable; displays as MM/DD/YYYY; plain black

text; not user modifiable; if not Terminated or

Redetermined, this field will be null (empty).

Action Displays a View hyperlink to access and view the

associated EFC Program Eligibility page; EFC page

launches in VIEW ONLY mode.

Buttons: Continue Continue button is conditionally enabled ONLY once

a radio button is selected; Continue has the "t"

underlined as the shortcut key

Close Close button is always enabled whether a radio

button is selected or not; Close has the C underlined

as the shortcut key.



_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

5 AFDC Income Calculations for Questions 7 and 8

5.1 Calculations Overview

The purpose of this section is to provide an explanation of the AFDC Income Calculations used to

determine the system derived answers to Questions 7 and 8 on the Title IV-E Foster Care and Title IV-E

EFC Eligibility Initial Determination page.

The steps in this process are:

1. Determine SFU members and SFU size from the Assistance Group members.

2. Determine the roles of the persons that display in the AFDC Information group box on the Basic

Tab of the Eligibility page.

3. Calculate Income for Step 1 of Standard Budget Process for all SFU Members

4. Calculate Applied Income for applicable participants (those with Role=Household Member that

are considered Grandparents, Stepparent (not part of assistance group), Alien Parent, Sponsor,

Sponsor’s Spouse)

5. If Total SFU & Applied Income is greater than CNS @185%, then Question 7 = No, and child is

Ineligible.

6. If Total SFU & Applied Income is less than or equal to CNS @185%, then calculate Income for

Step 2 Standard Budget Process.

7. Calculate Income for Step 2 of Standard Budget Process for all SFU members.

8. If Total SFU & Applied Income is greater than CNS @100%, then Question 7 = No, and child is

Ineligible.

9. If Total SFU & Applied Income is less than or equal to CNS @100%, then Question 7 = Yes, and

child is Eligible.

10. Calculate Asset Totals for SFU Members, Alien Parents, Sponsors, and Sponsor’s Spouse.

11. If Asset Totals are less than or equal to $10,000, question 8 = Yes.

5.2 Determining Roles, Income Calculation Method, Income Conversions, and SFU Members

The logic in the following sections determines how FSFN assigns roles for the purpose of AFDC Income

Calculations as well as what calculation method FSFN will use, how that income is converted for

calculations and the logic for how members are included in the Standard Filing Unit (SFU).

5.2.1 Determine Roles – Grandparent Logic

The following determines if a person is considered a Grandparent for the purpose of AFDC Income

Calculations:

1. FSFN will determine if the person is selected as part of the Assistance Group. If they are selected,

the person is not a Grandparent.

2. FSFN will determine the person’s Role selected in the AFDC Info group box on the Basic Tab of

the Title IV-E. If the person’s Role equals anything other than ‘Household Member’, this person

is not a Grandparent.

3. If the person’s Role = Household Member, FSFN will determine if there is another person in the

Assistance Group with Role = Minor Parent. If there is not a Minor Parent in the Assistance

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Group, the ‘Household Member’ is not a Grandparent.

4. If there is a Minor Parent in the Assistance Group, FSFN will determine if the ‘Household

Member’ is linked as the Mother or Father of the Minor Parent on the Minors Parent’s Person

Management Page, Additional tab. If no, then the ‘Household Member’ is not a Grandparent. If

yes, the ‘Household Member’ is a Grandparent.

5.2.1.1 Additional Information

• When a ‘Grandparent’ is included in the determination for Applied Income, the income of the

Minor Parent is excluded in both Step 1 calculations and Step 2 calculations.

5.2.2 Determine Roles - “Alien” Logic

The following determines if a person is considered an “Alien” for the purpose of AFDC Income

Calculations:

1. FSFN will determine if the person is a Non-Qualified Non-Citizen. If yes, this person is

considered an “Alien”.

2. If they are not a Non-Qualified Non-Citizen, FSFN will determine if the person is a Qualified

Non-Citizen. If the person is a Qualified Non-Citizen, FSFN will verify the person’s Role

selected in the AFDC Info group box on the Basic Tab of the Title IV-E. If the person’s Role =

Child, then they are not considered an “Alien”.

3. If the person’s role does not equal Child, FSFN will determine if person is from Haiti or Cuba. If

yes, then this person is not considered an “Alien”.

4. If the person is not from Haiti or Cuba, FSFN will determine if the person’s Entry Date on Person

Management is less than 5 years prior to the AFDC Month. If yes, the person is an “Alien”. If no,

the person is not an “Alien”.


• If the person is an ‘Alien’ parent, their assets will be included for Question 8 calculations.

5.2.3 Determine Roles – Stepparent Logic

The following determines if a person is considered a Stepparent for the purpose of AFDC Income

Calculations:

1. FSFN will determine if the person has one of the following relationships on Maintain Case:

Mother – Step or Father – Step.

2. Next, FSFN will verify the person’s Role selected in the AFDC Info group box on the Basic Tab

of the Title IV-E. If the person’s Role = Stepparent, then they are considered a Stepparent.


• The Assistance Group checkbox can be selected or unselected for the Role = Stepparent.

5.2.4 Determine Roles – Sponsor/Sponsor’s Spouse

The following determines if a person is considered a Sponsor for the purpose of AFDC Income

Calculations:

1. FSFN will determine if there is a person in the case with Role = Parent, Minor Parent, or

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Stepparent.

2. FSFN will verify that the person with Role = Parent, Minor Parent, or Stepparent is considered an

“Alien” (see section 5.2.2) and the “Alien’s” Entry Date on Person Management is less than 3

years as of the AFDC Month.

3. FSFN will verify that the potential Sponsor is not selected in the Assistance Group in the AFDC

Info group box on the Basic Tab of the Title IV-E. If they are selected, FSFN will not allow the

Role = Sponsor.

4. If the person is not selected in the Assistance Group and their Role = Sponsor, they are

considered a Sponsor.

The following determines if a person is considered a Sponsor’s Spouse for the purpose of AFDC Income

Calculations:

1. FSFN will verify that there is a person in the case with Role = Sponsor. If there is no person with

Role = Sponsor, FSFN will not allow a person to have the Role = Sponsor’s Spouse.

2. Next, FSFN will verify that the person is not selected in the Assistance Group. If they are

selected, FSFN will not allow the Role = Sponsor’s Spouse.

3. If the person is not selected in the Assistance Group and their Role = Sponsor’s Spouse, they are

considered a Sponsor’s Spouse.

5.2.5 Determine Roles – Full Time Student Logic

The following determines if a person is considered a Full Time Student for the purpose of AFDC Income

Calculations:

1. FSFN will determine if the person has the Current Grade Level on their Education Record

documented as: Kindergarten-Twelfth, Special Education, Non-graded, Some College, College

Degree, Post Graduate Degree, Post Graduate Work, Vocational/Technical, or Associates Degree.

If the person does not have any of the Current Grade Levels listed that are current as of the AFDC

Date, FSFN will not considered this person a Full Time Student.

2. If the person meets Current Grade Level criteria, FSFN will verify that the person’s Education

Record has at least 9 hours documented for that educational program. If yes, then the person is

considered a Full Time Student.

3. If the person does not have 9 hours documents on their Education Record, FSFN will determine if

their Current Grade Level documented on the Education Record is Kindergarten-Twelfth, Special

Education, or Non-graded. If yes, then that person is considered a Full Time Student.

4. If the person does not meet the above criteria, FSFN will determine if the person has multiple

Education program records with documented hours that total 9 hours or more. If they do not,

FSFN does not consider this person a Full Time Student. If yes, then the person is considered a

Full Time Student.

5.2.6 Determine Income Calculation Logic

There are two different types of income calculations that are used - Standard Budget Process and Applied

Income Calculations. The following logic determines what calculation method FSFN will use:

1. FSFN will determine if the person is selected in the Assistance Group on the Basic Tab of the

Title IV-E. If the person is not selected, FSFN will verify the person’s Role = Stepparent,

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Household Member (Grandparent), Sponsor, or Sponsor’s Spouse. If yes, FSFN will use Applied

Income Calculations. If the person’s role does not equal one of the previous roles, FSFN will not

calculate income for this person.

2. If the person is selected in the Assistance Group on the Basic Tab of the Title IV-E and their Role

= Child, FSFN will use Standard Budget Process; however, if that child is receiving SSI, FSFN

will not calculate income for any person. Income and Assets will equal $0.00 and FSFN will

populate Question 7 and Question 8 as ‘Yes’.


= Parent or Minor Parent and the person is an “Alien”, FSFN will use Applied Income

Calculations.


= Parent and the person is not an “Alien”, FSFN will use Standard Budget Process.


• If the person whose income is being calculated is receiving SSI or Adoption Subsidy as of the

AFDC Day, Month, and Year (including if SSI/Adoption Subsidy begins on the AFDC Date),

neither their income nor their assets are counted.

• For Assets and Unearned Income, the Income amount is included in calculations only if the “Use

in Eligibility Calculations” flag is checked.

5.2.6.2 Standard Monthly Income Conversion

FSFN will use the following methods when converting Standard Monthly Income for calculations:

1. For income that is documented as being received ‘Annually’, FSFN will take the Gross Income

and divide it by 12.

• Annually = Gross Income ÷ 12

2. For income that is documented as being received ‘Every Six Months’, FSFN will use the Gross

Income and divide it by 6.

• Every Six Months = Gross Income ÷ 6

3. For income that is documented as being received ‘Quarterly’, FSFN will use the Gross Income

and divide it by 3.

• Quarterly = Gross Income ÷ 3

4. For income that is documented as being received ‘Twice Monthly’, FSFN will use the Gross

Income and multiply it by 2.

• Twice Monthly = Gross Income × 2

5. For income that is documented as being received ‘Bi-Weekly’, FSFN will use the Gross Income

and multiply it by 2.15.

• Bi-Weekly = Gross Income × 2.15

6. For income that is documented as being received ‘Weekly’, FSFN will use the Gross Income and

multiply it by 4.3.

• Weekly = Gross Income × 4.3

7. For income that is documented as being received ‘Hourly’, FSFN will multiply the Gross Income

by the Hours per Week and 30.416. FSFN will use that total and divide it by 7.

• Hourly = (Gross Income × Hours per Week × 30.416) ÷ 7

5.2.6.3 Monthly Income vs. Weekly Calculation

1. FSFN will determine if the Earned Income is received ‘Weekly’, ‘Bi-Weekly’, or ‘Twice

Monthly’. If the income does not meet that criteria, FSFN will use Standard Monthly Conversions

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

(see section 5.2.6.2).

2. If the Eff. From Date of the Earned Income Record is prior to or equal to the AFDC date and in

the AFDC Month, FSFN will then determine if the Eff. To Date of Earned Income Record is after

the AFDC Date or is Null. If yes, FSFN will use the following logic:

• If Eff. From Date < (First Day of AFDC Month + 7 day), use Standard Monthly

Conversion, else use calculation based on # of weeks (see ‘From Date’ calculations)

3. If the Eff. To Date of the Earned Income Record is not after the AFDC Date and it not Null,

FSFN will determine if the Eff To. Date of the Earned Income Record is prior or equal to the

AFDC date and in the AFDC month. If Yes, FSFN will use the following logic:

• If Eff. To Date > (Last Day of AFDC Month – 7 Days), use Standard Monthly

Conversion, else use calculation based on # of weeks. (see ‘To Date’ Calculations)

4. If the Eff. To Date is prior to the AFDC date and in a prior month, FSFN will not use this income

for calculations.

5. If the Eff. From Date is in a prior month, FSFN will determine if the Eff. To Date of the Earned

Income Record is after the AFDC Date or is Null. If yes, FSFN will use Standard Monthly

Conversions (see section 5.2.6.2).

6. If the Eff. From Date is in a prior month and the Eff. To Date of Earned Income Record is not

after the AFDC Date or is not Null, FSFN will then determine if the Eff. To Date of Earned

Income Record is prior to or equal to the AFDC date and in the AFDC Month. If yes, the

following logic applies:

• If Eff. To Date > (Last Day of AFDC Month – 7 Days), use Standard Monthly

Conversion, else use calculation based on # of weeks (see ‘To Date’ Calculations).

7. If the Eff. To Date is prior to AFDC Date and in a prior month, FSFN will not use this income for

calculations.

8. If the Eff. From Date is after the AFDC Date, FSFN will not use this income for calculations.

If the Income is Weekly:

• From Date Calculations:

FSFN will determine the last day of the month and set a counter to count the number of times 7 is

added to the Eff. From Date until:

o The number is less than or equal to the last day of the month

o The number is less than or equal to the Eff. To Date

FSFN uses this count to determine the number of weeks paid (Weekly amount x Number of paid

weeks = Income for the AFDC Month). The Eff. From Date counts as 1 in the count.

• To Date Calculations:

FSFN will determine the first day of the month and set a counter to count the number of times 7 is

subtracted from the Eff. To Date until:

o The number is greater than or equal to the first day of the month

o The number is greater than or equal to the Eff. From Date

FSFN uses this count to determine the number of weeks paid (Weekly amount x Number of paid

weeks = Income for the AFDC Month). The Eff. To date counts as 1 in the count.

If the Income is Bi-Weekly:


FSFN will determine the last day of the month and set a counter to count the number of times 14

is added to the Eff. From Date until:

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

o The number is less than or equal to the last day of the month

o The number is less than or equal to the Eff. To Date

FSFN uses this count to determine the number of weeks paid (Bi-Weekly amount x Number of

paid weeks = Income for the AFDC Month). The Eff. From Date counts as 1 in the count


FSFN will determine the first day of the month and set a counter to count the number of times 14

is subtracted from the Eff. To Date until:

o The number is greater than or equal to the first day of the month

o The number is greater than or equal to the Eff. From Date

FSFN uses this count to determine the number of weeks paid (Bi-Weekly amount x Number of

paid weeks = Income for the AFDC Month). The Eff. To Date counts as 1 in the count

If the Income is Twice Monthly:


If the Eff. From Date is the end of the month, and there is no End Date, FSFN will count only 1

payment for the AFDC month.


If Eff. From Date is prior to Eff. To Date, and Eff. To Date is the 1st to 14th on the month, FSFN

will count only 1 payment for the AFDC Month.

If Eff. From Date = Eff. To Date, FSFN will count only 1 payment for the AFDC Month.

All other scenarios use Standard Monthly Conversion (see section 5.2.6.2).

5.3 Calculations Logic Information – Question 7

The logic outlined in the following sections determines how FSFN will populate the following fields in

the Assistance Group/Standard Filing Unit group box under the Question 7-10 expando on the Initial

Determination: Standard Filing Unit (SFU), Step 1, and Step 2. This logic will also determine how FSFN

populates Question 7 as ‘Yes’ or ‘No’.

5.3.1 Standard Filing Unit (SFU) Participants Logic

1. FSFN will determine if the person is selected in the Assistance Group on the Basic Tab of the

Title IV-E. If the person is not selected, FSFN will not include the person in the Standard Filing

Unit (SFU).

2. If the person is selected, FSFN will then determine if the person is receiving SSI and/or Adoption

Subsidy as of the AFDC Day, Month, and Year. If yes, FSFN will not include the person in the

SFU.

3. If the person is not receiving SSI and/or Adoption Subsidy as of the AFDC Day, Month, and

Year, FSFN will then verify if the person is a US Citizen based on the selection for the

Citizenship field on their Person Management page. If the Citizenship field on Person

Management is Null, FSFN will not include the person in the SFU. If the person is a US Citizen,

FSFN will include this person in the SFU.

4. If the person is not a US Citizen and Citizenship is not Null, FSFN will then determine if the

person is a Non-Qualified Non-Citizen (“Alien”). If the person is a Non-Qualified Non-Citizen,

FSFN will not include this person in the SFU.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

5. If the person is not a Non-Qualified Non-Citizen, FSFN will determine if the person is a

Qualified Non-Citizen from Haiti or Cuba. If the person is from Haiti or Cuba, FSFN will include

this person in the SFU.

6. FSFN will determine if the person is a Qualified Non-Citizen from a country other than Haiti or

Cuba. If yes, FSFN will then verify if the person’s Role = Child. If the person’s Role = Child,

FSFN will include the person in the SFU.

7. If the person’s Role does not equal Child, FSFN will determine if the Entry Date on Person

Management is greater than 5 years from the AFDC Month. If the Entry Date is greater than or

equal to 5 years, FSFN will include this person in the SFU. If the Entry Date is less than 5 years,

FSFN will not include this person in the SFU.


• FSFN determines if a person is receiving SSI by looking at the person’s Assets & Income page. If

the person has an active Unearned Income Type of ‘SSI’ as of the AFDC Day, Month, and Year,

then FSFN considers this person to be receiving SSI.

• FSFN determines if a person is an Adoption Subsidy recipient by looking at the person’s Assets

& Income page or at Services/Placements. If the person has an active Unearned Income Type of

‘Adoption Subsidy – Other State’ as of the AFDC Day, Month, and Year, then FSFN considers

this person an Adoption Subsidy recipient. If the person has a Service or Placement with Service

Category of ‘Adoption’ as of the AFDC Day, Month, and Year, then FSFN considers this person

an Adoption Subsidy recipient.

• If SFU = 0, income calculations still apply, as there may be members who are not part of the SFU

that will go through Applied Income calculations.

• The Assistance Group is derived based on the total number of persons selected on the Basic Tab.

• The Standard Filling Unit is derived based on if a person is selected as part of the Assistance

Group and is a US Citizen, Qualified Non-Citizens with an Entry Date greater than 5 years from

the AFDC Month, Qualified Non-Citizens from Haiti or Cuba, or Qualified Non-Citizens with

Role = Child. If a person is selected as part of the Assistance Group, but meets the following

conditions, they are not included as part of the SFU: persons “currently” receiving SSI “as of” the

AFDC Day, Month, and Year, persons “currently” receiving Adoption Subsidy “as of” the AFDC

Day, Month, and Year.

• For ‘Alien’ logic related to the SFU, see section 5.2.2

5.3.2 Step 1 of Budget Process for Earned Income (185% Comparison) Logic

1. FSFN will determine if the person is part of the Standard Filing Unit (SFU). If they are not part of

the SFU, FSFN will not calculate income for this person.

2. If the person has Earned Income, FSFN will determine if the person is a Full Time Student as of

Date of AFDC Applies and has a Role = Child or Dependent. If yes, FSFN will disregard all

Earned Income for that person.

• Gross Monthly Earned Income = $0.

3. If the person has Earned income but is not a Full Time Student and does not have a Role = Child

or Dependent, FSFN will calculate the Adjusted Monthly Amount for each Employment record

by adding the Gross Income (with monthly conversion) plus any Gratuities/Commission/Bonuses

minus Operating Costs.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

• Adjusted Monthly Amount (A) = Gross Income (with monthly conversion) +

Gratuities/Commission/Bonuses – Operating Costs.

4. After calculating the Adjusted Monthly Amount for each Employment record, FSFN will

determine if the person has an Employment Type equal to Training Program and has a Role =

Child or Dependent. If yes, FSFN will disregard the Income for the Training Program.

• Adjusted Monthly Amount = $0.00 for this Employment record only.

5. If the Employment Type does not equal Training Program and the person’s Role does not equal

Child or Dependent, FSFN will calculate the Gross Monthly Earned Income. The Gross Monthly

Earned Income is calculated by adding each Adjusted Monthly Amount.

• Gross Monthly Earned Income (B) = Adjusted Monthly Amount (A) + Adjusted

Monthly Amount (A) + Adjusted Monthly Amount (A).

5.3.3 Step 1 of Budget Process for Unearned Income (185% Comparison) Logic

1. FSFN will determine if the person is part of the Standard Filling Unit (SFU). If the person is not

part of the SFU, FSFN will not calculate income for this person. If they are part of the SFU,

FSFN will identify the Unearned Income amounts.

2. FSFN will determine if the Unearned Income = Family Gift or Gift. If yes, FSFN will determine

if the Family Gift or Gift is less than $30 for the entire quarter. If yes, FSFN will disregard the

family gift or gift amount, making the Monthly Amount = $0.00 for this Unearned Income record

only. If the Family Gift or Gift is over $30, FSFN will include this income as a Monthly Amount.

3. FSFN will determine if the person has Unearned Income = Child Support. If yes and the child

support is less than $50 per month, FSFN will deduct that amount from the entire SFU’s Income.

If the Child Support is more than $50 per month, FSFN will deduct $50 from the entire SFU’s

income. If more than one person in the SFU has Unearned Income = Child Support, FSFN will

take the sum of those totals and deduct up to $50.

4. Next, FSFN will calculate the Gross Monthly Unearned Income. This is the sum of all Monthly

Amounts.

• Gross Monthly Unearned Income (B) = Monthly Amount (A) + Monthly Amount (A)

+ Monthly Amount (A).


• Standard Quarters are used based on the quarter in which the AFDC Date falls: January – March,

April – June, July – September, October – December.

• Unearned Income = Gift and Unearned Income = Family Gift should be treated the same. If more

than one gift record, the sum of all gift amounts should be used.

5.3.4 Applied Income Logic – Grandparent

1. FSFN will determine if the person meets the criteria to be a Grandparent and the criteria to use

Applied Income Calculations. If they do not meet the criteria, use Standard Budget Process.

2. FSFN will verify that the Grandparent has Earned Income. If the Grandparent does not have any

Earned income, FSFN will verify the Grandparent has Unearned Income. If the Grandparent has

neither, FSFN will calculate the Applied Income Amount as $0.00.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

3. If the Grandparent has Earned Income, FSFN will calculate the Adjusted Monthly Amount for

each Employment Record by adding the Gross Income (with monthly conversion) with any

Gratuities/Commission/Bonuses minus any Operating Costs.


Gratuities/Commission/Bonuses – Operating Costs

4. Next, FSFN will calculate the Gross Monthly Earned Income for the Grandparent. The Gross

Monthly Earned Income equals the sum of Adjusted Monthly Amount minus the $90

Employment Disregard.


Monthly Amount (A) -$90 Employment Disregard

5. FSFN will determine if the Grandparent has any Unearned Income. If the Grandparent has

Unearned Income, FSFN will calculate the Gross Monthly Unearned Income by totaling the

Monthly Amount of each Unearned Income. If the Grandparent does not have any Unearned

Income, FSFN will calculate their Gross Monthly Unearned Income as $0.00.


+ Monthly Amount (A)

6. Next, FSFN will calculate the Adjusted Gross Income for the Grandparent by adding the Gross

Monthly Earned Income with the Gross Monthly Unearned Income.

• Adjusted Gross Income (F) = Gross Monthly Earned Income (B) + Gross Monthly

Unearned Income (B)

7. FSFN will calculate the Total Gross Income for the Grandparent by taking the sum of the

Adjusted Gross Income and adding it to the Adjusted Gross Income.

• Total Gross Income (G) = sum of Adjusted Gross Income (F) + Adjusted Gross

Income (F)

8. FSFN will calculate the Adjusted Applied Income for the Grandparent by taking the Total Gross

Income minus the CNS Amount @ 100 (see section 5.6) and minus the Sum of Amounts from

Obligated Monies.

• Adjusted Applied Income (H) = Total Gross Income (G) - CNS Amount @ 100% -

Sum of Amounts from Obligated Monies


• See section 5.2.1 for Grandparent criteria.

• If there is more than one Grandparent, when calculating Applied Income, FSFN will add the

Adjusted Gross Income for all Grandparents to determine the Total Gross Income (G), then

subtract out the CNS Amount.

• For CNS Family Size, FSFN will count all Grandparents plus the number documented on the

Obligated Monies page. If a Grandparent’s income is excluded due to SSI/Adoption, FSFN will

exclude that Grandparent from the CNS size.

• When a ‘Grandparent’ is included in the determination for Applied Income, the income of the

Minor Parent is excluded in both Step 1 calculations and Step 2 calculations.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

5.3.5 Applied Income Logic – “Alien” Parent

1. FSFN will determine if the person meets the criteria to be an “Alien” Parent and the criteria to use


2. FSFN will verify that the “Alien” Parent has Earned Income. If the “Alien” Parent does not have

any Earned income, FSFN will verify the “Alien” Parent has Unearned Income. If the “Alien”

Parent has neither, FSFN will calculate the Applied Income Amount as $0.00.

3. If the “Alien” Parent has Earned Income, FSFN will calculate the Adjusted Monthly Amount for





4. Next, FSFN will calculate the Gross Monthly Earned Income for the “Alien” Parent. The Gross




Monthly Amount (A) - $90 Employment Disregard

5. FSFN will determine if the “Alien” Parent has any Unearned Income. If the “Alien” Parent has

Unearned Income, FSFN will calculate the Gross Monthly Unearned Income by totaling the

Monthly Amount of each Unearned Income. If the “Alien” Parent does not have any Unearned

Income, FSFN will calculate their Gross Monthly Unearned Income as $0.00.



6. Next, FSFN will calculate the Adjusted Gross Income for the “Alien” Parent by adding the Gross



Unearned Income (B)

7. FSFN will calculate the Total Gross Income for the “Alien” Parent by taking the sum of the

Adjusted Gross Income and adding it to the Adjusted Gross Income.


Income (F)

8. FSFN will calculate the Adjusted Applied Income for the “Alien” Parent by taking the Total

Gross Income minus the CNS Amount @ 100 (see section 5.6) and minus the Sum of Amounts

from Obligated Monies.

• Adjusted Applied Income (H) = Total Gross Income (G) – CNS Amount @ 100% -

Sum of Amounts from Obligated Monies


• See section 5.2.2 for “Alien” criteria.

• If there is more than one “Alien” Parent, when calculating Applied Income, FSFN will add the

Adjusted Gross Income for all “Alien” Parents to determine the Total Gross Income (G), then

subtract out the CNS Amount.

• For CNS Family Size, FSFN will count all “Alien” Parents plus the number documented on the

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Obligated Monies page. If an “Alien” Parent’s income is excluded due to SSI/Adoption, FSFN

will exclude that “Alien” Parent from the CNS size.

• If a Minor Parent is also an “Alien”, this income calculation applies to the Minor Parent.

5.3.6 Applied Income Logic – Stepparent

1. FSFN will determine if the person meets the criteria to be a Stepparent and the criteria to use


2. FSFN will verify that the Stepparent has Earned Income. If the Stepparent does not have any

Earned income, FSFN will verify the Stepparent has Unearned Income. If the Stepparent has

neither, FSFN will calculate the Applied Income Amount as $0.00.

3. If the Stepparent has Earned Income, FSFN will calculate the Adjusted Monthly Amount for





4. Next, FSFN will calculate the Gross Monthly Earned Income for the Stepparent. The Gross




Monthly Amount (A) - $90 Employment Disregard

5. FSFN will determine if the Stepparent has any Unearned Income. If the Stepparent has Unearned

Income, FSFN will calculate the Gross Monthly Unearned Income by totaling the Monthly

Amount of each Unearned Income. If the Stepparent does not have any Unearned Income, FSFN

will calculate their Gross Monthly Unearned Income as $0.00.



6. Next, FSFN will calculate the Adjusted Gross Income for the Stepparent by adding the Gross



Unearned Income (B)

7. FSFN will calculate the Total Gross Income for the Stepparent by taking the sum of the Adjusted

Gross Income and adding it to the Adjusted Gross Income.


Income (F)

8. FSFN will calculate the Adjusted Applied Income for the Stepparent by taking the Total gross

Income minus the CNS Amount @ 100 (see section 5.6) and minus the Sum of Amounts from

Obligated Monies.

• Adjusted Applied Income (H) = Total Gross Income (G) – CNS Amount @ 100% -

Sum of Amounts from Obligated Monies.


• See section 5.2.3 for Stepparent criteria.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

• Criteria is met when Person has a Role = Stepparent and their Assistance Group checkbox is not

selected.

• If there is more than one Stepparent, when calculating Applied Income, FSFN will add the

Adjusted Gross Income for all Stepparents to determine the Total Gross Income (G), then

subtract the CNS amount.

• For CNS Family Size, FSFN will count all Stepparents plus the number documented on the

Obligated Monies page. If a Stepparent’s income is excluded due to SSI/Adoption, FSFN will

exclude that Stepparent from the CNS size.

5.3.7 Applied Income Logic – Sponsor/Sponsor’s Spouse

1. FSFN will determine if the person meets the criteria to be a Sponsor/Sponsor’s Spouse and the

criteria to use Applied Income Calculations. If they do not meet the criteria, use Standard Budget

Process.

2. FSFN will verify that the Sponsor/Sponsor’s Spouse has Earned Income. If the

Sponsor/Sponsor’s Spouse does not have any Earned income, FSFN will verify the

Sponsor/Sponsor’s Spouse has Unearned Income. If the Sponsor/Sponsor’s Spouse has neither,

FSFN will calculate the Applied Income Amount as $0.00.

3. If the Sponsor/Sponsor’s Spouse has Earned Income, FSFN will calculate the Adjusted Monthly

Amount for each Employment Record by adding the Gross Income (with monthly conversion)

with any Gratuities/Commission/Bonuses minus any Operating Costs.



4. Next, FSFN will determine if the Sponsor/Sponsor’s Spouse has any Unearned Income. If the

Sponsor/Sponsor’s Spouse has Unearned Income, FSFN will calculate the Gross Monthly

Unearned Income by totaling the Monthly Amount of each Unearned Income. If the

Sponsor/Sponsor’s Spouse does not have any Unearned Income, FSFN will calculate their Gross

Monthly Unearned Income as $0.00.



5. Next, FSFN will calculate the Adjusted Gross Income for the Sponsor and Sponsor’s Spouse

separately by adding the Gross Monthly Earned Income with the Gross Monthly Unearned

Income.

• Adjusted Gross Income (F) = Adjusted Monthly Earned Income (B) + Monthly

Unearned Incomes (B)

6. FSFN will calculate the Total Gross Income for the Sponsor/Sponsor’s Spouse by taking the sum

of the Adjusted Gross Income and adding it to the Adjusted Gross Income.


Income (F)

7. FSFN will calculate the Adjusted Applied Income for the Sponsor/Sponsor’s Spouse by taking

the Total Gross Income minus 20% of the Total Gross Income minus the CNS Amount @ 100

(see section 5.6) and minus the Sum of Amounts from Obligated Monies.

• Adjusted Applied Income (H) = Total Gross Income (G) – 20% of Total Gross

Income – CNS Amount @ 100% - Sum of Amounts from Obligated Monies

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228


• See section 5.2.4 for Sponsor and Sponsor’s Spouse criteria.

• The maximum deduction for 20% of Total Gross Income is $175. If 20% of the income is greater

than $175, FSFN will deduct $175. If 20% of the income is less than $175, FSFN will deduct

that amount.

• For CNS Family Size, FSFN looks at the Number of Dependents on the Obligated Monies page

for both the Sponsor and Sponsor’s Spouse. FSFN will use that total plus the Sponsor and

Sponsor’s Spouse to determine the CNS family size and amount.

5.3.8 Step 1 – 185% Comparison Logic

1. FSFN will calculate the Adjusted Gross Income for each person in the Standard Filing Unit

(SFU). The Adjusted Gross Income equals the Gross Monthly Earned Income plus the Gross

Monthly Unearned Income.

• Adjusted Gross Income (C) = Gross Monthly Earned Income (B) + Gross Monthly

Unearned Income (B).

2. Once the Adjusted Gross Income has been calculated for all SFU members, FSFN will calculate

the Total Adjusted Gross Income by adding the sum of all Adjusted Gross Income from Step 1

for all SFU members minus Obligated Monies.

• Total Adjusted Gross Income (D) = Sum of all Adjusted Gross Income (C) +

Adjusted Gross Income (C) – Obligated Monies.

3. Next, FSFN will calculate the Total SFU Income & Applied Income. FSFN will add the Total

Adjusted Gross Income minus the Child Support Disregard, if applicable, plus the Adjusted

Applied Income. FSFN will round down the amount to a whole dollar.

• Total SFU Income & Applied Income (E) = Total Adjusted Gross Income (D) +

Child Support disregard (up to $50) + Total Adjusted Applied Income (H).

4. FSFN will then find the CNS Amount @ 185% based on SFU Size (see section 5.6) and compare

the Total SFU Income & Applied Income amount to the CNS Amount. If the Total SFU Income

& Applied Income amount is greater than CNS @ 185%, the child is Ineligible, and FSFN will

populate Question 7 as ‘No’. If the Total SFU Income & Applied Income amount is less than or

equal to CNS @ 185%, FSFN will continue to CNS @ 100% comparison (Step 2).

5.3.9 Step 2 of Budget Process for Earned Income (100% Comparison)

1. FSFN will determine if the person is part of the Standard Filing Unit (SFU). If they are not part of

the SFU, FSFN will not calculate income for this person.

2. If the person has Earned Income, FSFN will determine if the person is a Full Time Student and

has a Role = Child or Dependent. If yes, FSFN will disregard all Earned Income for that person.


3. FSFN will determine if the person meets the criteria of a part time student and employee. FSFN

determines if the person has 4.5 or more but less than 9 hours of school and works less than 30

hours per week and has the Role = Child or Dependent. If yes, FSFN will disregard all Earned

Income for that person.


_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

4. Next, FSFN will calculate the Adjusted Monthly Amount for each Employment record by adding

the Gross Income (with monthly conversion) plus any Gratuities/Commission/Bonuses minus

Operating Costs.


Gratuities/Commission/Bonuses – Operating Costs.

5. After calculating the Adjusted Monthly Amount for each Employment record, FSFN will

determine if the person has an Employment Type equal to Training Program and has a Role =

Child or Dependent. If yes, FSFN will disregard the Income for the Training Program.

• Adjusted Monthly Amount = $0.00 for this Employment record only.

6. FSFN will determine if the person has any Care Expenses. If so, FSFN will deduct the Care

Expenses when calculating the Gross Monthly Earned Income. FSFN will deduct up to $175 per

child if the Role = Parent, Parent is employed as of the Date AFDC Applies, and the person

checked on Care Expenses pop up page is age 2 or older (turned 2 prior to AFDC Month). FSFN

will deduct up to $200 per child if the Role = Parent, Parent is employed as of the Date AFDC

Applies, and the person checked on Care Expenses pop up page is under age 2 or turns 2 in the

AFDC Month.

7. FSFN will calculate the Gross Monthly Earned Income is calculated by adding each Adjusted

Monthly Amount and subtracting the $90 Employment Disregard and Care Expenses, if

applicable.


Monthly Amount (A) + Adjusted Monthly Amount (A) - $90 Employment Disregard

– Care Expenses.


• If the person has null for number of hours worked, then the above condition is not met and FSFN

will count the income.

• If any Earned Income has the “Reduced Income Without Good Cause” flag checked and the Date

associated with the flag is in the month of the AFDC Month or within 30 days prior to the 1st day

of the AFDC Month, the FSFN will not deduct the $90 Employment disregard from the SFU

member’s Earned Income.

5.3.10 Step 2 of Budget Process for Unearned Income (100% Comparison)

1. FSFN will determine if the person is part of the Standard Filling Unit (SFU). If the person is not

part of the SFU, FSFN will not calculate income for this person. If they are part of the SFU,

FSFN will identify the Unearned Income amounts.

2. FSFN will determine if the Unearned Income =Family Gift or Gift. If yes, FSFN will determine if

the Family Gift or Gift is less than $30 for the entire quarter. If yes, FSFN will disregard the

family gift or gift amount, making the Monthly Amount = $0.00 for this Unearned Income record

only. If the Family Gift or Gift is over $30, FSFN will include this income as a Monthly Amount.

3. FSFN will determine if the person has Unearned Income = Child Support. If yes and the child

support is less than $50 per month, FSFN will deduct that amount from the entire SFU’s Income.

If the Child Support is more than $50 per month, FSFN will deduct $50 from the entire SFU’s

income. If more than one person in the SFU has Unearned Income = Child Support, FSFN will

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

take the sum of those totals and deduct up to $50.

4. Next, FSFN will calculate the Gross Monthly Unearned Income. This is the sum of all Monthly

Amounts.


+ Monthly Amount (A).


• Standard Quarters are used based on the quarter in which the AFDC Date falls: January – March,

April – June, July – September, October – December.

• Unearned Income = Gift and Unearned Income = Family Gift should be treated the same. If more

than one gift record, the sum of all gift amounts should be used.

5.3.11 Step 2 – 100% Comparison

1. FSFN will calculate the Adjusted Gross Income for each person in the SFU. The Adjusted Gross

Income equals the Gross Monthly Earned Income plus the Gross Monthly Unearned Income.

• Adjusted Gross Income (C) = Gross Monthly Earned Income (B) + Gross Monthly

Unearned Income (B).

2. Once the Adjusted Gross Income has been calculated for all SFU members, FSFN will calculate

the Total Adjusted Gross Income by adding the sum of all Adjusted Gross Income amounts from

Step 2 for all SFU members minus Obligated Monies.

• Total Adjusted Gross Income (D) = Sum of all Adjusted Gross Income (C) +

Adjusted Gross Income (C) – Obligated Monies.

3. Next, FSFN will calculate the Total SFU Income & Applied Income. FSFN will add the Total

Adjusted Gross Income minus the Child Support Disregard, if applicable, plus the Adjusted

Applied Income. FSFN will round down the amount to a whole dollar.

• Total SFU Income & Applied Income (E) = Total Adjusted Gross Income (D) - Child

Support disregard (up to $50) + Total Adjusted Applied Income (H).

4. FSFN will then find the CNS Amount @ 100% based on SFU Size (see section 5.6) and compare

the Total SFU Income & Applied Income amount to the CNS Amount. If the Total SFU Income

& Applied Income amount is greater than CNS @ 100%, the child is Ineligible, and FSFN will

populate Question 7 as ‘No’. If the Total SFU Income & Applied Income amount is less than or

equal to CNS @ 100%, the child is Eligible and FSFN will populate Question 7 as ‘Yes’.

5.4 Calculation Logic Information – Question 8

The logic outlined in the following sections determine how FSFN will populate the Assets field in the

Assistance Group/Standard Filing Unit group box under the Question 7-10 expando on the Initial

Determination. This logic will also determine how FSFN populates Question 8 as ‘Yes’ or ‘No’.

5.4.1 Non-Vehicle Type Assets

1. FSFN will determine if the person is part of the Standard Filing Unit (SFU). If the person is not

part of the SFU, FSFN will determine if the person’s Role = Sponsor or Sponsor’s Spouse. If the

person’s Role does not equal Sponsor or Sponsor’s Spouse, FSFN does not calculate Assets for

that person.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

2. If the person is part of the SFU or if they are not part of the SFU but have a Role = Sponsor or

Sponsor’s Spouse or ‘Alien’ Parent, FSFN will verify that the Asset is current as of the AFDC

Day/Month/Year. If the Asset is not current, FSFN will not calculate the Asset for the person.

3. If the Asset is current as of the AFDC Day/Month/Year, FSFN will verify what type of Asset is it

and apply any applicable disregards:

a. If the Asset is a Funeral Agreement, FSFN will disregard up to $1500. FSFN calculates

the Adjusted Equity Value by taking the Equity Value and subtracting up to $1500 for the

Funeral Agreement Disregard.

• Adjusted Equity Value = Equity Value – Funeral Agreement Disregard

b. If the Asset is a Burial Plot, FSFN disregards the entire amount of the Asset.

• Adjusted Equity Value = $0.00

c. If the Asset has the Primary Homestead checkbox selected on the Assets & Income page,

FSFN will verify that it qualifies for the Primary Homestead disregard. Qualifying

Vehicle types include Automobile, Motorcycle, Marine Vessel, Truck, and Motorhome.

If more than one person is in the SFU and has a Primary Homestead documented, FSFN

will exclude the MAX Adjusted Equity Value for Primary Homestead.

• Adjusted Equity Value = $0.00 for the MAX Asset that has Primary Homestead

selected

d. If the Asset is Real Estate or Real Property, FSFN will determine if the Good Faith Effort

to Sell checkbox has been selected on the Assets & Income page. If the Eff. Start Date is

more than 9 months from the AFDC Month or the End Date is before the AFDC Month,

FSFN will not apply any disregard to this Asset. If the Eff. Start Date is less than or equal

to 9 months from the AFDC Month and the End Date is null or after the AFDC Month,

FSFN disregards the entire amount of the Asset.

• Adjusted Equity Value = $0.00

e. If the Asset is Real Estate, FSFN will determine if both the Primary Homestead checkbox

and the Good Faith Effort to Sell checkbox is selected on the Assets & Income page. If

Yes, FSFN will then use the logic for the Primary Homestead checkbox above. If the

Asset is the MAX asset that has Primary Homestead selected, the Asset will receive the

Primary Homestead disregard regardless of the Good Faith Effort to Sell date.

4. For current Assets without any disregards, FSFN will calculate the Adjusted Equity Value by

taking the Asset Amount and subtracting the Equity Value. The Non-Vehicle Type Assets

include: Bonds, Business Inventory, Cash, Certificate of Deposit, Checking Account,

Convenience Bank Accounts, Inheritance (A), IRAs, Keogh Plans, Life Insurance (Cash Value),

Mutual Fund Shares, Promissory Notes (Loans), Savings Account, Savings Bonds, Stocks, and

Trust Accounts.

• Adjusted Equity Value = Amount - Equity Value

5.4.2 Vehicle Type Assets

1. FSFN will determine if the person who has the Asset is part of the Standard Filing Unit (SFU).

2. If the person is not part of the SFU, FSFN will then determine if their Role = Sponsor or

Sponsor’s Spouse or ‘Alien’ Parent. If their Role does not equal Sponsor or Sponsor’s Spouse,

FSFN will not calculate Assets for this person.

3. If the person is part of the SFU, FSFN will determine if the Asset is current as of the AFDC

Day/Month/Year. If that Asset is not current, FSFN will not calculate the Asset for this person.

4. If the person is part of the SFU and the Asset is current as of the AFDC Day/Month/Year, FSFN

will verify that the Asset is a Vehicle. Qualifying assets include: Aircraft, Automobile, Campers,

Marine Vessel, Motorcycles, Motor Home, Truck, and Travel Trailers. If the Asset is not a

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Vehicle, FSFN will calculate the Asset as a Non-Vehicle Type Asset (see section 5.4.1).

5. If the Asset is a Vehicle, FSFN will look at the Vehicle Type Assets of all members of the SFU’s

to determine which Vehicle Type Asset will receive the Vehicle Disregard of up to $1500. Since

this only occurs for one Vehicle Type Asset per SFU, the automobile with the largest Equity

Value receives the Vehicle Disregard. If the Vehicle is flagged as Primary Homestead, it does not

qualify for the Vehicle Disregard.

6. FSFN will then calculate the Adjusted Equity Value. The Adjusted Equity Value is the Equity

Value minus up to $1500 for the Vehicle Disregard.

• Adjusted Equity Value = Equity Value – Vehicle Disregard

5.4.3 Asset Totals and Question 8 Answer Logic

1. FSFN will calculate the Total Asset Value for each SFU member and ‘Alien’ Parent by totaling

all of the Asset Amounts and Adjusted Equity Values. For Sponsor/Sponsor’s Spouse, calculate

the Adjusted Sponsor Asset Value. This is the Total Sponsor Asset Value for the Sponsor minus

the $1500 disregard.

• Total Asset Value (J) = Asset Amount (I) + Adjusted Equity Value (I).

• Total Sponsor Asset Value (N) = Total Asset Value of Sponsor (L) + Total Asset

Value of Sponsor’s Spouse (L).

• Adjusted Sponsor Asset Value (P) = Total Sponsor Asset Value (N) - $1500 Sponsor

Disregard (O).

2. Next FSFN will calculate the Total Adjusted Asset Value. The Total Adjusted Asset Value is the

Total SFU Asset Value plus the Adjusted Sponsor Asset Value.

• Total Adjusted Asset Value (Q) = Total SFU Asset Value (M) + Adjusted Sponsor

Asset Value (P).

3. After FSFN calculates the Total Adjusted Asset Value, if the Total Adjusted Asset Value is less

than or equal to $10,000, FSFN will populate Question 8 as ‘Yes’. If the Total Adjusted Asset

Value is greater than $10,000, FSFN will populate Question 8 as ‘No’.

5.5 Calculations Flowchart

Double-click on the icon below to open the flowchart for a detailed view of this process.

AFDC Calculation

Flowchart 05.18.20.pdf

5.6 SFU Size CNS @185% and CNS @100% Chart

SFU Size 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

185% CNS $1194 $1598 $2002 $2405 $2809 $3213 $3617 $4021 $4425 $4829

100% CNS $645 $864 $1082 $1300 $1519 $1737 $1955 $2174 $2392 $2610

If the SFU is greater than 10, for each SFU size over 10:

o CNS @ 185% - add $404.

o CNS @ 100% - add $219.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

6 Inventories

6.1 Table Descriptions

Table Name Description

ADDRESS This table maintains all ADDRESS information pertaining to a

PERSON, except Intake Report (Report and Referral). Address

detail consists of home, business and any other address that is

identified as required for FSFN processing. Processes of CM01

(Manage Person) build and maintain this information.

CASE A CASE is the focus of every human services business activity. A

case is created as a result of intake work and can be one of three

types: individual (which includes TPR and Adoption cases), family,

and DCF/SHERIFF’S OFFICE/COMMUNITY-BASED CARE

PARTNERS provider or another provider. The CASE table contains

case relations, address and review information. Processes of SM04

(Maintain Case) and SM05 (Close Case) create and maintain case

records.

ELIGIBILITY The ELIGIBILITY table maintains information pertaining to a foster

child's initial Title IV-E Foster Care Eligibility determination. Once

the determination is complete, the child will be assigned an

eligibility status. Processes of FM03 (Eligibility) build and maintain

this information.

ELIGIBILITY STATUS

CHANGE

The ELIGIBILITY STATUS CHANGE table stores changed

information about the fields on ELIGIBILITY that affect

reimbursement. Processes of FM03 (Collect/Determine Eligibility)

build and maintain this information.

ELIGIBILITY EPISODE The ELIG_EPISODE table stores point-in-time placement

information for the corresponding eligibility record. Processes

within FM03 (Eligibility) maintain this information.

ELIGIBILITYREDET The ELIG_Redeterminations table maintains information pertaining

to a foster child's Title IV-E Foster Care Eligibility re-

determinations. Once the re-determination is complete, the child

will be assigned an eligibility status. Processes of FM03

(Eligibility) build and maintain this information.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

EPISODE The EPISODE table maintains information pertaining to the

occurrence of the delivery of one or more Out of Home SERVICEs

involving one PROVIDER and one or more CASE PARTICIPANTs.

Placement out of home and removal from home are other types of

Episodes stored in this table. Processes of SM10a (Out of Home

Placement) build and maintain this information.

PERSON This PERSON table maintains information that identifies an

individual known to DCF/SHERIFF’S OFFICE/COMMUNITY-

BASED CARE PARTNERS or the county child welfare division

such as name, date of birth, social security number, race, sex, etc.

A PERSON can be a WORKER, REPORT PART, REFERRAL

PART, CASE PART or PROVIDER PART. Primary search

processing is centered around this data. Processes of CM01

(Manage Person) build and maintain this information.

PROVIDER_ORG This table maintains information pertaining to a PROVIDER ORG,

facility or vendor. Data includes name and address information,

placement preferences and home condition description. Records in

PROVIDER ORG table are created in PM02a/b (Maintain

Person/Organizational Provider) and updated in PM04a (Licensing

Person Provider).

WORKER The WORKER table maintains information pertaining to an

individual (PERSON) who is employed by DCF/SHERIFF’S

OFFICE/COMMUNITY-BASED CARE PARTNERS and is

in a job class that provides services and/or receives FSFN -

defined work assignments. The information is created in CM18

(Manage Worker).

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

6.2 Reference Data

6.2.1 Drop downs

Tab: NA

Field Name: Reason

Table Name: CODE_DECODE

Group ID: RSNNOCSE

Tab: Basic

Field Name: Relationship to Child

Table Name: CODE_DESC

Group ID: PRSNRLTN

Tab: Basic

Field Name: City

Table Name: ZIP_CODE

Group ID: N/A

Tab: Basic

Field Name: State

Table Name: STATE_CODE_DESC

Group ID: N/A

Tab: Basic

Field Name: County


Group ID: COUNTY

Tab: Initial Determination

Field Name: Deprivation Type

Table Name: CODE_DESC_STATIC

Group ID: ELIGDRPV

Field Name: Reason


Group ID: MDCDCNCL

6.2.2 Drop downs

• None

6.3 Checklists

• None

6.4 Tasks Due

• None

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

6.5 Notifications

• None

6.6 Text Templates

• None

6.7 Reports

6.7.1 Determinations Due Report

6.7.2 Change in Placement Report

6.8 Triggers

6.8.1 Online Trigger Code cd_txn = 7000

Description: Completion of Initial Determination. Created when an initial determination is completed. The

effective date is date from ELIGIBILITY.dt_bgn. The effective date is stored in TS_EFFCT_FRM.

Description: Completion of Redetermination. Created when a redetermination is completed. The effective

date is the date from ELIG_REDET.dt_eff.

Description: Voiding an Eligibility Determination. This is created when a completed determination is

voided through the Eligibility page and ELIGILITY.fl_void is flipped from ‘N’ to ‘Y’. The effective date

is the ELIGIBIILTY.dt_bgn of the voided eligibility. The effective date is stored in TS_EFFCT_FRM.

Description: Adding, removing, changing End Date to the IV-E Eligibility. Created if end date of initial

determination is updated or changed in any manner. The effective date is the ELIGIBILITY.dt_bgn. If the

end date is changed, the earlier end date is inserted. If the end date is removed, the date on which it was

removed is inserted. The effective date is stored in TS_EFFCT_FRM.

Description: FLORIDA Update of Initial Determination. Created when an initial determination updated

due to difference in FLORIDA. The effective date is date from ELIGIBILITY.dt_bgn. The effective date is

stored in TS_EFFCT_FRM.

Description: FLORIDA Update of Redetermination. Created when a redetermination is updated due to the

difference in FLORIDA. The effective date is the date from ELIG_REDET.dt_eff.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

7 Requirements Included:

NOTE: The requirements listed in this section are a compilation of requirements from previous

enhancement efforts and may not reflect current functionality of these pages.

Requirement Number Requirement Description Requirement Type

REQT5.4.5

FSFN must generate an automated message to the

user who submitted the IV-E Eligibility

Determination, when the following events occur:

- At 12 months from date of eligibility

- Child turns 18 years old

- Address changes to out of state address

Modified Requirement Language as follows:

Group agreed this should be a report. The existing

IV-E Eligibility Determinations Due Report must be

modified to include the following criteria:

- At 12 months from date of eligibility

- Child turns 18 years old

- Address changes to out of state address

NOTE: This report is only for those children who

were originally deemed "eligible" and then one of the

criteria applies. This doesn't include "ineligible"

children.

Modified

New Requirement #1

FSFN must pre-fill the IV-E Eligibility

Redeterminations tab with all information and the

user will "complete" the Determination.

New

REQT5.5

FSFN must be modified to allow users to indicate

which parent is absent on the IV-E Foster Care

eligibility page.

Keep

REQT5.5.1

FSFN must modify Title IV-E Foster Care Eligibility

page to ask if each parent was absent, and if yes, then

select reason (e.g., death)

Keep

REQT5.5.1.1

FSFN must include field of parents’ name when the

deprivation reason involving parents (absence or

death). The field will be system derived.

Keep

New Requirement #1

FSFN must provide the ability for all fields to pre-fill

from one IV-E FC Eligibility page to the next when

the IV-E FC Eligibility page is voided.

New

New Requirement #2

FSFN must provide the ability for the user to generate

the IV-E FC Eligibility page for a child in either a

paid or unpaid placement.

New

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

New Requirement #3 FSFN must provide the ability for the user to indicate

that they have "verified" the family's income. New

New Requirement #4

FSFN must provide the ability for the user to identify

when "deeming" calculations must be applied to the

household members included in the IV-E Eligibility

and TANF Determinations for purposes of calculating

income. FSFN must perform the calculations if

deeming is identified.

New

New Requirement #5

FSFN must be modified to calculate income for IV-E

FC Eligibility based on the applicable number of

household members and applicable income amounts

that should be included in the calculation.

New

New Requirement #6

FSFN must no longer provide the “option” for Refer

to CIC in the options dropdown in the IVE Adoptions

and FC eligibility pages.

The requirement language has been modified to state

the following: FSFN must no longer provide the

option for Refer to CIC in the Options drop down on

the IV-E FC and Adoption Eligibility pages.

Modified

New Requirement #7 Modify the values in the Type drop down on the

Assets Pop-Up Page New

New Requirement #8 Modify the Adoption Information page to capture that

efforts to place without subsidy have been made. New

New Requirement #9

The Assets & Employment page must provide the

ability to delete an Asset/Unearned Income row

inserted.

New

New Requirement

CR570

INITIAL DETERMINATION

1. If the target child has “current” Assets &

Employment Income of SSI, whether

additional participants are selected or not

within Assistance Group 1 or 2, the target

child will NOT be included in the Household

Size for purposes of calculating income.

a. For example, the target child IS

receiving SSI, the Parent IS receiving

SSI and the Sibling is NOT receiving

SSI, the household size used to

determine the Income threshold will

be 1.

2. Additionally, if the target child is the only

participant selected between both Assistance

Groups when documenting the Initial

New

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

Determination tab, the child will NOT be

Ineligible due to the Family Size. Instead, the

Eligibility Determination will be based on all

other questions.





child’s Income AND Assets will NOT be

included in any calculation.

4. Any participant that is included in Assistance

Group 1 or 2, other than the target child, for

whom there is “current” SSI Income on

Assets & Employment, they will NOT be

included in the Household Size for purposes

of calculating income.

a. For example, the target child is NOT


SSI and the Sibling IS receiving SSI,

the household size used to determine

the Income threshold will be 1.




Assets & Employment, their Income AND

Assets will NOT be included in any

calculation.

New Requirement

CR570

Deeming:

a. As identified in #1 and #4 above, those

participants who are receiving “current” Assets

& Employment Income of SSI will NOT be

counted within the Family Size.

i. This also means that if the target child is a

Teen Parent, even if there are additional Teen

Parents that are selected in Assistance Group

2, the Deeming Group to be used would NOT

be Multiple Teen Parent because the target

child is NOT counted. As a result, unless

another Deeming Group would apply,

Income and Assets would be just calculated

regularly and only for those participants

NOT receiving “current” SSI.

b. If the target child has “current” Assets &

Employment Income of SSI, their Income and

Assets will NOT be included when performing

Deeming.

i. This also means that if the “deemed”

participant results in a monetary amount

remaining that would normally be added as

New

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

“unearned income” to the target child, in this

scenario it will NOT be. Deeming

calculations would still be performed but the

resulting amount would NOT be counted

towards the child.

c. If the target child does NOT have “current”

Assets & Employment Income of SSI, BUT the

“Deemed” participant DOES have “current”

Assets & Employment Income of SSI, the

participant will NOT be deemed. As a result, the

applicable Deeming Group must be used which

would have been resulted if the “deemed”

participant was NOT selected to begin with.

i. Example 1: If there is a Stepparent in

Assistance Group 1 and Stepparent in

Assistance Group 2, but one of the

Stepparents in either Assistance Group 1 or 2

has “current” Assets & Employment Income

of SSI, the Deeming Group that would be

used will be Stepparent. If both Stepparents

have “current” Assets & Employment

Income of SSI, there would no longer be a

“Deeming Group” to apply and the Income

and Assets would just be calculated regularly

and only for those participants selected who

are NOT receiving “current” SSI.

ii. Example 2: If the target child is a Teen

Parent but the Stepparent IS receiving

“current” Assets & Employment Income of

SSI, the Teen Parent Deeming Group would

apply instead of Teen Parent Living with

Stepparent.

iii. Example 3: If the target child is a Teen

Parent but all additional Teen Parents have

“current” Assets & Employment Income of

SSI, the Teen Parent Deeming Group would

apply instead of Multiple Teen Parent.

iv. Example 4: If the target child is a Child but

the Parent IS receiving “current” Assets &

Employment Income of SSI, there would no

longer be a “Deeming Group” to apply and

the Income and Assets would just be

calculated regularly and only for those

participants selected who are NOT receiving

“current” SSI.

v. Example 5: If the target child is a Child but

the Sponsor IS receiving “current” Assets &

Employment Income of SSI, there would no

longer be a “Deeming Group” to apply and

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

the Income and Assets would just be

calculated regularly and only for those

participants selected who are NOT receiving

“current” SSI. This is because regardless if

the Sponsor’s Spouse is NOT receiving SSI,

because the Sponsor’s Spouse can only be

identified if there is a Sponsor, and the

Sponsor IS receiving SSI, the Sponsor is not

counted. As a result, the Sponsor’s Spouse

would not have been available to identify.

The Sponsor’s Spouse’s Income and Assets

would ONLY be counted for regular

calculations, not for Deeming purposes.

New Requirement

CR570

RE-DETERMINATION





child will NOT be included in the Household

Size for purposes of calculating income.

a. For example, the target child IS receiving

SSI, the Parent IS receiving SSI and the

Sibling is NOT receiving SSI, the

household size used to determine the

Income threshold will be 1.

2. Additionally, if the target child is the only

participant selected between both Assistance

Groups when documenting the Initial

Determination tab, the child will NOT be

Ineligible due to the Family Size. Instead, the

Eligibility Determination will be based on all

other questions.





child’s Income AND Assets will NOT be

included in any calculation.


Group1 or 2, other than the target child, for


Assets & Employment, they will NOT be

included in the Household Size for purposes

of calculating income.

a. For example, the target child is NOT


SSI and the Sibling IS receiving SSI,

the household size used to determine

the Income threshold will be 1.

New

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228




Assets & Employment, their Income AND

Assets will NOT be included in any

calculation.

New Requirement

CR569

IV-E Foster Care Eligibility page, overall Eligibility

logic will have to be changed in the following

manner:

o Once the questions for Initial Determination

are answered, if the child is determined to

be Eligible, regardless if based on the

answers to all the questions the child is

Eligible and Reimbursable; if the Placement

in which the child is currently placed is not

“Licensed”, the child will be Eligible, Not

Reimbursable.

o This same logic must be applied to the

Redeterminations tab as well.

o If the child is initially placed in a licensed

Placement and determined Eligible and

Reimbursable for the Initial Determination,

but upon doing a Redetermination the

child’s placement has changed and is

currently in a non-licensed Placement upon

documenting the Redetermination, FSFN

must make the child Not-Reimbursable if

determined Eligible regardless if based on

the answers to the questions the child is

Eligible and Reimbursable. The same logic

applies vice versa in the event the child is

initially Eligible and Not-Reimbursable

because of being in a non-licensed

Placement, but upon documenting the

Redetermination the child is currently in a

licensed Placement. The child would then be

Eligible and Reimbursable for the

Redetermination, if the questions answered

result in Eligible, and Reimbursable.

o Determining if the child is placed in a

“Licensed” placement or not is based on the

Provider with whom the child is placed

AND looking at the Service Type and if that

Provider has a “License” for that specific

Service Type that is “active” as of the

Effective Date of the determination.

o

New

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Topic Paper of 228

New Requirement

CR595

Provide the ability to link the associated Legal

Document, specifically related to Court

Orders, to IV-E Foster Care Initial

Determinations and Redeterminations

New